(N - A) James H. McClellan, Ronald W.schafer, Mark A. Yoder - DSP First Solution Manual-Pears Education (2015)
(N - A) James H. McClellan, Ronald W.schafer, Mark A. Yoder - DSP First Solution Manual-Pears Education (2015)
(N - A) James H. McClellan, Ronald W.schafer, Mark A. Yoder - DSP First Solution Manual-Pears Education (2015)
an his
th d w
o
or eir is p rk
w sa co ro is
ill le u vi pr
de o rse de ot
st f a s d s ec
ro n an o te
y y p d le d
th a a ly by
e rt ss fo U
in o e r
te f t ss th nite
gr hi in e
ity s w g us d S
of or stu e o tat
th k ( de f i es
e in nt ns co
w cl le tr p
or ud a uc y
k r
an ing rnin tors igh
d on g. in t la
is D w
no the iss tea s
Second Edition
t p W em ch
er or in ing
m ld a
itt W tio
ed id n
. e
W
eb
)
Solutions Manual for DSP First
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
© 2016 Pearson Education, Inc., Hoboken, NJ. All rights reserved. This material is protected under all copyright laws as they currently
Chapter 2
Sinusoids
2-1 Problems
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
1
© 2016 Pearson Education, Inc., Hoboken, NJ. All rights reserved. This material is protected under all copyright laws as they currently
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
9
6
3
x.t /
0
-3
-6
-9
-20 -16 -12 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20
Time t (ms)
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
In the plot the period can be measured, T = 12.5 ms ⇒ ω0 = 2π/(12.5 × 10−3 ) = 2π(80) rad.
Positive peak closest to t = 0 is at t 1 = 2.5 ms ⇒ ϕ = −2π(2.5 × 10−3 )/(12.5 × 10−3 ) = 2π/5 = −0.4π rad.
Amplitude is A = 8.
x(t) = 8 cos(160πt − 0.4π)
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
0.5
cos
-0.5
-1
3 2 0 2 3
(rad)
0.5
cos.20 t /
-0.5
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
-1
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
-0.1 -0.08 -0.06 -0.04 -0.02 0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
Time t (s)
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
1
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
0.5
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
x.t /
ed
k
as
or
0
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
-0.5
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
-1
th
y
l
sa
ro
T0 3T0 =4 T0 =2 T0 =4 0 T0 =4 T0 =2 3T0 =4 T0
st
or
de
Time t (s)
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
n
(cos θ + j sin θ) n = e jθ = e jnθ = cos(nθ) + j sin(nθ)
n 100 100
3
5 + j 45 = e j0.927 = e j0.295167π
= e j29.5167π
1
= e j1.5167π
e j28π
*
= cos(1.5167) + j sin(1.5167)
= 0.0525 − j0.9986
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
A=9
T = 8 × 10−3 s ⇒ ω0 = 2000π/8 = 250π rad/s
t 1 = −3 × 10−3 s ⇒ ϕ = −2π(−3/8) = 3π/4 rad
z(t) = 9e j (250πt+0.75π) , X = 9e j0.75π , and x(t) = 9 cos(250πt + 0.75π)
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
(a) Add complex amps: 3e−j2π/3 + 1 = 2.646e−j1.761 ⇒ x(t) = 2.646 cos(ω0 t − 1.761)
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
Find angles satisfying −π < θ ≤ π; all others are obtained by adding integer multiples of 2π.
<{(1 + j)e jθ } =0
√
<{ 2e jπ/4 e jθ } =0
√
<{ 2e j (θ+π/4) } =0
√
2 cos(θ + π/4) =0
√
π/2
π/4
(1 + j)/ 2
⇒ θ + π/4 = ⇒ θ= jθ
=
⇒ e √
−π/2 −3π/4 (−1 − j)/ 2
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
(a) Plot si (t) = <{ j s(t)} = <{0.8e jπ/2 e jπ/4 e j500πt } = 0.8 cos(2π(250)t + 3π/4).
0.8
0.4
si .t /
-0.4
-0.8
-3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 -6 -5 -4
Time t (ms)
1200
800
400
q.t /
0
-400
s
w
ng
la
hi
-800
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
-1200
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
-3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 -6 -5 -4
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
√
(a) If z1 (t) = 5e−jπ/3 e j7t then x 1 (t) = <{z1 (t)}.
√
(b) If z2 (t) = 5e jπ e j7t then x 2 (t) = <{z2 (t)}.
√ √ √
(c) If z(t) = z1 (t) + z2 (t) = 5e j7t e−jπ/3 + e jπ = 5e−j2π/3 e j7t , then x(t) = <{z(t)} = 5 cos(7t − 2π/3).
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
t1 (−2) 4π π
(a) ϕ = −2π = −2π = = ⇒ True.
T 8 8 2
t1 3 3π
(b) ϕ = −2π = −2π = − ⇒ False.
T 8 4
(c) In this case a multiple of 2π must be added.
t1 7 −7π −7π π
ϕ = −2π = −2π = → + 2π = ⇒ True.
T 8 4 4 4
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
(a) Need to plot five vectors: {1, e j2π/5, e j4π/5, e j6π/5, e j8π/5 }.
Note: one is NOT missing; these are the five “5th roots of unity.”
4
X
(b) The sum is zero: x(t) = cos(ωt + 25 πk) = 0.
k=0
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
9e j0.5 − 4
(c) z = = (1/3)e j2 9e j0.5 − 4 = 3e j2.5 − (4/3)e j2 = 1.938e j2.836
3e−j2
(d) A = 1.938 and ϕ = 2.836
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
1 = A1 e jϕ1 + A2 e jϕ2
e−jπ/2 = 2A1 e jϕ1 + A2 e jϕ2
1 = z1 + z2
e −jπ/2
= 2z1 + z2
√
(c) z1 = e−jπ/2 − 1 = 2e−j3π/4 and z2 = 2 − e−jπ/2 = 2.236e j0.464
√ √
(d) A1 = 2, ϕ1 = −0.75π rad, and A2 = 2.236 = 5, ϕ2 = 0.148π = 0.464 rad
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
e−j1 = 4e−jπ/2 z1 + z2
e−jπ/2+j2 = 3e−jπ/2 z1 + z2
(b) Should plot − j4z1 + z2 and − j3z1 + z2 . Here is the Matlab plot of the vectors.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
√ √
in
e
em
co
d
⇒ M (− 3/2) = 5 sin ψ ⇒ M = (−10/ 3) sin ψ ⇒ M = 5.6056
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
Me jπ/3 = 5e jψ − 4
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
⇒ Me jπ/3 + 4 = 5e jψ
k
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
M 2 + 8M cos(π/3) + 16 = 25
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
(b) z(t − t d ) = Ze j10π (t−td ) = 7e j0.3π e j10πt e−j10πtd must equal y(t) = Y e j10πt = 7e−j0.1π e j10πt
⇒ 7e j0.3π−j10πtd = 7e−j0.1π ⇒ 0.3π − 10πt d = −0.1π ⇒ t d = (0.4/10) = 0.04 s
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
(a) The frequency is the same for all terms, so ω̂0 = 0.22π rad in the expression for y[n].
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
(a) d
dt z(t) = d
dt Ze j2πt = ( j2π) Z e j2πt ⇒ Q = ( j2π)(e jπ/4 ) = 2πe j3π/4
| {z }
Q
(c) Compare the interchange of derivative and real part, which is always true.
( )
< dt d
z(t) = <{2πe j3π/4 e j2πt } = 2π cos(2πt + 3π/4)
d d ( ) d
<{z(t)} = < e jπ/4 e j2πt = cos(2πt + π/4) = (2π)(− sin(2πt + π/4)) = 2π cos(2πt + 3π/4)
dt dt dt
(d) Integrating a complex exponential over one period should give zero.
Z0.5 0.5
e jπ/4 e j2πt e jπ − e−jπ
e jπ/4 j2πt
e dt = = e jπ/4 =0
j2π −0.5 j2π
−0.5
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
d d2
x(t) = jω Ae jωt and x(t) = ( jω) 2 Ae jωt
dt dt 2 |{z}
−ω 2
Plug x(t) into differential equation
−ω2 Ae jωt = −289 Ae jωt
⇒ −ω2 = −289 ⇒ ω = ±17
Two solutions: x(t) = Ae j17t
or x(t) = Ae−j17t
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
d 2 v(t) d 2 v(t)
!
d d dv 1
(a) v(t) = −L i(t) = −L C = −LC 2
⇒ 2
=− v(t)
dt dt dt dt dt LC
1
(b) The frequency of oscillation will be ω0 = √
LC
d 2 v(t) 1
(c) Starting with v(t) = A cos(ω0 t + ϕ), we obtain 2
= − ω02 A cos(ω0 t + ϕ) = − v(t)
dt |{z} | {z } LC
1/LC v(t)
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
In a mobile radio system a transmitting tower sends a sinusoidal signal, and a mobile user receives not one but two
copies of the transmitted signal: a direct-path transmission and a reflected-path signal (e.g., from a large building) as
depicted in the following figure.
y
TRANS- REFLECTOR
MITTER (0, dt ) (dr , dt )
Velocity = c
VEHICLE
0 x
The received signal is the sum of the two copies, and since they travel different distances they have different time delays,
i.e.,
s
w
ng
la
hi
r (t) = s(t − t 1 ) + s(t − t 2 )
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
The distance between the mobile user in the vehicle at x and the transmitting tower is always changing. Suppose that the
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
direct-path distance is
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
q
en
g
he
d 1 = x 2 + d t2 (meters)
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
where d t = 1000 meters, and where x is the position of the vehicle moving along the x-axis. Assume that the reflected-path
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
distance is
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
q
g
ur
d
te
d 2 = dr + (x − dr ) 2 + d t2 (meters)
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
where dr = 55 meters.
st
or
de
ill
w
(a) The amount of the delay (in seconds) can be computed for both propagation paths, by converting distance into time
delay by dividing by the speed of light (c = 3×108 m/s).
q
x 2 + d t2
p
x 2 + 106
t 1 = d 1 /c = = secs.
c 3×108
q q
dr + (x − dr ) + d t
2 2
55 + (x − 55) 2 + 106
t 2 = d 2 /c = = secs.
c 3×108
(b) When the transmitted signal is s(t) = cos(300π×106 t), the general formula for the received signal is:
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
When x = 0 we can calculate t 1 and t 2 , and then perform a phasor addition to express r (t) as a sinusoid with a known
amplitude, phase, and frequency. When x = 0, the time delays are
p
02 + 106
t1 = = 3.3333×10−6 secs.
3×108
q
55 + (0 − 55) 2 + 106
t2 = = 3.5217×10−6 secs.
3×108
Thus we must perform the following addition:
As a phasor addition, we carry out the following steps (since 1000π and 1056π are integer multiples of 2π):
R = 1e j0 + 1e j0.5113579π
= 1 + j0 + (−0.035674 + j0.99936)
= 0.9643 + j0.9994 = 1.389e j0.803 = 1.389e j0.256π = 1.389∠46.02◦
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
From the polar form of the phasor R, we can write r (t) as a sinusoid:
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
(c) In order to find the locations where the signal strength is zero, we note that the phase angles of the two delayed
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
q
g
ur
d
(x − 55) 2 + 10655 +
p
te
y
an
+
co
x2 106
an
in
= −300π×10 . 6*
r
+/
e
of
−
ei
th
.
th
3×108 3×108
y
l
/
sa
ro
st
or
de
, -
ill
q !
w
p
= −π x + 10 − 55 − (x − 55) + 10
2 6 2 6
The general solution to this equation is difficult, involving a quartic. However, if we choose ` = 27 so that the left hand
side becomes 55π, then the 55π term on the right hand side will cancel, and we obtain an equation in which squaring
both sides will produce the answer.
p q
π x + 10 = −π (x − 55) 2 + 106
2 6
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 2. SINUSOIDS
Squaring both sides would eliminate the square roots, but would produce a fourth-degree polynomial that would have
to be solved for the vehicle position x.
(d) Here is a Matlab script that will plot the signal strength versus vehicle position x, thus demonstrating that there are
numerous locations where no signal is received (note the null at x = 27.5).
xx = -100:0.05:100;
d1 = sqrt(xx.*xx + 1e6);
d2 = 55 + sqrt((xx-55).*(xx-55)+1e6);
omeg = 300e6*pi; c = 3e8;
phi1 = -omeg*d1/c;
s
phi2 = -omeg*d2/c; w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
RR = 1*exp(j*phi1) + 1*exp(j*phi2);
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
subplot(’Position’,[0.1,0.1,0.6,0.3]);
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ylabel(’Signal Strength’);
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
set(hp,’LineWidth’,2);
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
2
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
1.5
Signal Strength
ill
w
0.5
0
−100 −80 −60 −40 −20 0 20 40 60 80 100
Vehicle Position (x)
Over the range −100 ≤ x ≤ 100 the nulls appear to be equally spaced 36.4 meters apart, but they are not uniform. A
plot over the range 0 ≤ x ≤ 1500 would demonstrate the non-uniformity.
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
Chapter 3
Spectrum
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
32
© 2016 Pearson Education, Inc., Hoboken, NJ. All rights reserved. This material is protected under all copyright laws as they currently
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 3. SPECTRUM
(b) Since the gcd of 50 and 175 is 25, x(t) is periodic with period T0 = 1/25 = 0.04 s.
(c) Negative frequencies are implicit in the cosine terms. They are needed to give a real signal when combined with their
corresponding positive-frequency terms.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 3. SPECTRUM
(a) A single plot labeled with complex amplitudes is sufficient. The spectrum consists of the lines
{(400, 5e jπ/4 ), (−400, 5e−jπ/4 ), (600, 3.5e−jπ/3 ), (−600, 3.5e jπ/3 ), (800, 1.5), (−800, 1.5)}
where the frequencies are in Hz.
5e−jπ/4 5e jπ/4
3.5e jπ/3 3.5e−jπ/3
1.5 1.5
-
−800 −600 −400 0 400 600 800 f
(b) The signal x(t) is periodic with fundamental frequency 200 Hz or period 1/200 = 0.005 s since the gcd of {400, 600, 800}
is 200.
(c) The spectrum has the added components {(500, 2.5e jπ/2 ), (500, 2.5e−jπ/2 )}. Now we seek the gcd of {400, 500, 600, 800}
so the fundamental frequency changes to 100 Hz and the period is 0.01 s.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 3. SPECTRUM
(b) The spectrum is {(2, 1), (−2, 1), (4, 2e−jπ/3 ), (−4, 2e jπ/3 ), (6, e jπ/4 ), (−6, e−jπ/4 )}
The frequencies are all in rad/s.
2e jπ/3 2e−jπ/3
e−jπ/4 1 1 e jπ/4
ω
-
−6 −4 −2 0 2 4 6
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 3. SPECTRUM
(a) Determine a formula for x(t) as the real part of a sum of complex exponentials.
s
The spectrum is {(27π, − j3/8), (−27π, j3/8), (81π, j/8), (−81π, − j/8)}, where the frequencies are in rad/s. w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
j3/8 − j3/8
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
− j/8 j/8
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
ω
-
g
in
an
y
−81π −27π
n
0 27π 81π
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 3. SPECTRUM
ω
-
−3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 3. SPECTRUM
(a) In this case we need to find the gcd of 36 and 84, which is 12. Thus, the fundamental frequency is ω0 = 1.2π rad/s.
k −7 −3 0 3 7
ak 3e−jπ/4 4e jπ/3 7e jπ 4e−jπ/3 3e jπ/4
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 3. SPECTRUM
(b)
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
e j2π f∆ t − e−j2π f∆ t e j2π fc t − e−j2π fc t
! ! t
py
in
in
e
x(t) = 2 em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
2j 2j rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
j2π( fc + f∆ )t
− e−j2π ( fc − f∆ )t + e−j2π ( fc + f∆ )t
= −2 e
1 j2π ( fc − f∆ )t
in
d
−e itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
The spectrum is {(− f c − f ∆, −0.5), (− f c + f ∆, 0.5), ( f c − f ∆, 0.5), ( f c + f ∆, −0.5)}, and the plot is
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
−( f c + f ∆ ) ( f c + f∆)
-
− fc −( f c − f ∆ ) 0 ( f c − f∆) fc f
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 3. SPECTRUM
x(t) = 10 + 10e jπ/4 e j2π (100)t + 10e−jπ/4 e−j2π(100)t + 5e j2π (250)t + 5e−j2π (250)t
The gcd of 100 and 250 is 50 so f 0 = 50 and therefore N = 5. The nonzero Fourier coefficients are, therefore, a−5 = 5,
a−2 = 10e−jπ/4 , a0 = 10, a2 = 10e jπ/4 , and a5 = 5.
(b) The signal is periodic because all the frequencies are multiples of 50 Hz. Therefore, the fundamental period is
T0 = 1/50 = 0.02s.
5 5
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
-
ht
eb
c
f
tio
−250 −100 0 100 ea 250
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 3. SPECTRUM
(a) Use phasors to show that x(t) can be expressed in the form
where ω1 < ω2 < ω3 ; i.e., find values of the parameters A1, A2, A3, ϕ1, ϕ2, ϕ3, ω1, ω2, ω3 .
The requested parameters are easily picked off from this equation.
(b) Sketch the two-sided spectrum of this signal on a frequency axis. Be sure to label important features of the plot. Label
s
w
ng
your plot in terms of the numerical values of Ai , ϕi , and ωi .
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
12 12
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
ω
-
of
of
is
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 3. SPECTRUM
(a) Assume without limitation that ω2 − ω1 > 0. For periodicity with period T0 we require that ω0 = 2π/T0 . This means
that k 1 ω0 = ω2 − ω1 and k 2 ω0 = ω2 + ω1 , where k 1 and k 2 are integers and k 2 > k 1 .
(b) Part (a) gives two equations for ω1 and ω2 . If we solve them in terms of ω0 we get ω1 = (k2 − k 1 )ω0 /2 and
ω2 = (k 2 + k 1 )ω0 /2, so the main condition is that both ω1 and ω2 are integer multiples of ω0 /2. This is the most
general condition.
Therefore, the relationship between ω2 and ω1 is
k2 + k1
ω2 = ω1
k2 − k1
if x(t + T0 ) = x(t). Thus, ω2 could be an integer multiple of ω1 if k 2 − k 1 divides into k 2 + k 1 with no remainder, but
that is not necessary for periodicity of x(t).
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 3. SPECTRUM
(a) The gcd of 40, 60, 120 is 20 so ω0 = 20π and the fundamental period is T0 = 2π/ω0 = 0.1s. The finite Fourier
series has components indexed by 0, ±2, ±3, ±6 so N = 6. The coefficients are a0 = 2, a±2 = 2e∓jπ/5 , a±3 = 1.5e∓jπ/2 ,
a±6 = 2e∓π/3
ω
-
−120π −60π −40π 0 40π 60π 120π
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
(c) Now the fundamental frequency is 10π rad/s because the gcd of 20, 40, 50, and 120 is 10. Therefore, the period is
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
T0 = 2π/10π = 1/5 = 0.2s. The spectrum is the same as in part (b) except there are two additional components at
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 3. SPECTRUM
(a) Make a table of the frequencies of the tones of the octave beginning with middle C, assuming that the A above middle
C is tuned to 440 Hz.
Note name C C# D E[ E F F#
Note number 40 41 42 43 44 45 46
Frequency 262 277 294 311 330 349 370
Note name F# G G# A B[ B C
Note number 46 47 48 49 50 51 52
Frequency 370 392 415 440 466 494 523
f = 440 · 2(n−49)/12
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 3. SPECTRUM
(a) The frequency of the DC component is by definition 0. The waveform is periodic with period 25 ms so the frequency
is 1/0.025 = 40 Hz.
(b) The DC level is (20 − 10)/2 = 5, the amplitude of the cosine is (20 + 10)/2 = 15, and the cosine is delayed by 0.005 s,
so
(c) x(t) = 5 + 7.5e j (80πt−0.4π) + 7.5e−j (80πt−0.4π) = 7.5e j0.4π e−j80πt + 5 + 7.5e−j0.4π e j80πt
ω
-
−80π 0 80π
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 3. SPECTRUM
(c) The gcd of 70 and 100 is 10, so the fundamental frequency of the signal is f 0 = 5 Hz and the fundamental period is
T0 = 1/5 = 0.2 s.
(d) Note that the −20 ≤ 4 cos(70πt + π/4) +16 cos(100πt + π/3) ≤ 20 since the individual terms satisfy −4 ≤ 4 cos(70πt +
π/4) ≤ 4 and −16 ≤ 16 cos(100πt + π/3) ≤ 16. The value ±20 would be attained only if the phases of the two cosines
are such that 4 cos(70π(t − t 0 )) + 16 cos(100π(t − t 0 )).
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 3. SPECTRUM
0.5
ω
-
−14π 0 14π
ng
la
= 0.125e j0.1π e−j91πt + 0.25e−j0.1π e−j77πt + 0.125e−j0.3π e−j63πt
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
+ 0.125e j0.3π e j63πt + 0.25e j0.1π e j77πt + 0.125e−j0.1π e j91πt
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
ω
an
-
in
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
Note: ω axis is
st
or
de
ill
not to scale.
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 3. SPECTRUM
-
−3 0 3 f (kHz)
0.75 0.75
s
w
ng
-
−683 −680 −677 0 677 680 683 f (kHz)
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 3. SPECTRUM
(a) The gcd of 105 and 180 is 15, so the given frequencies are the 7th and 12th harmonics of f 0 = 15 Hz.
(c) Simplify the numerical values for the complex amplitudes, i.e., phases should be in [−π, π].
Note that even multiples of 2π rad can be dropped from the equation. Thus, the spectrum is:
{(−180, 7e j0.6π ), (−105, 11e j0.9π ), (105, 11e−j0.9π ), (180, 7e−j0.6π )} where the frequencies are in hertz. Therefore the
plot of the spectrum looks just like Fig. ?? except the phase is different at frequencies ±105.
(d) The effect of this operation is simply to increase all the frequencies by 105 Hz, or, in other words, to shift the spectrum
of x(t) to the right by 105 Hz.
Therefore the spectrum line at −105 Hz will move to f = 0. The DC component is therefore, the value of the spectrum
s
w
ng
la
at f = −105, or 11e j0.9π .
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 3. SPECTRUM
(a) The spectrum of y(t) is the spectrum of x(t) with an added DC component of size 8.
-
−180 −105 0 105 180 f
(b) The spectrum of z(t) is the same as that of x(t) with the addition of components of size 9e±j0.8π at frequencies ±40
Hz.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
-
co
d
−180 −105 −40 0 40 105 180 f
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
(c) The fundamental frequency is the gcd of 40, 105, 180, which is 5 Hz.
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
(d) The derivative operation multiplies each spectrum component by j2π f , where f is the frequency of the complex
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
-
−180 −105 0 105 180 f
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 3. SPECTRUM
(a)
8e jπ/3 8e−jπ/3
ω
-
−10π 0 10π
(c) The symmetry implies that ωb = 20π and B = +4 j. Furthermore, symmetry requires that ω a = 0. To find A, ωc ,
and ϕ we can write y(t) as y(t) = 0.5x(t)e jϕ e jωc t + 0.5x(t)e−jϕ e−jωc t , which shows that the spectrum of y(t) will
consist of the sum of scaled copies of the spectrum of x(t) shifted right (up) by ωc and left (down) by ωc . In or-
der to have only three components we must choose ωc = 10π so that two of the shifted spectrum lines over lap at ω = 0.
s
w
ng
la
4e jπ/3 e jϕ + 4e−jπ/3 e−jϕ
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
4e jπ/3 e−jϕ 4e−jπ/3 e jϕ
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ω
ud
rt
-
te
is
−20π
st
0 20π
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
jϕ = 4e−jπ/2 so ϕ = −π/6. Finally, note that the DC value can be written as A = 8 cos(π/3 + ϕ) =
w
Now, 4e−jπ/3 e √
ed
k
as
or
√
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
8 cos(π/6) = 8 3/2 = 4 3.
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 3. SPECTRUM
k −9 −4 0 4 9
ak 0.4e−j2 0.6e j1.4 0.5 0.6e−j1.4 0.4e j2
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 3. SPECTRUM
dψ
(a) The instantaneous frequency is ωi (t) = dt = 2αt + β, so ω1 = ωi (0) = β and ω2 = ωi (T2 ) = 2αT2 + β.
(c) Here is the plot of the instantaneous frequency (in Hz) versus time over the range 0 ≤ t ≤ 1 sec.
ωi (t)
f i (t) = 2π
6
107
2π
27
2π
-
0 1 t
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 3. SPECTRUM
(a) The general form for the chirp signal is x(t) = cos(αt 2 + βt + ϕ). The instantaneous frequency of this signal is
ωi (t) = 2αt + β. From this we observe that ω1 = 2π f 1 = 2π(4800) = ωi (0) = β. To obtain α, we note that ω2 =
2π(800) = ωi (2) = 2α(2) + β = 4α + 9600π so α = −2000π. Therefore, the signal is
(b) The instantaneous frequency is ωi = 800πt + 500π, so ω1 = ωi (0) = 500π and ω2 = ωi (3) = 800π(3) + 500π =
2900π rad/s.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 3. SPECTRUM
(a) The instantaneous frequency is ωi (t) = 2αt + β. Substituting the given parameters gives α = 4π and β = 2π, so the
signal with the given parameters is x(t) = cos(4πt 2 + 2πt + ϕ).
(b–f) The solution to this problem is given in the following figure. Note that the times at which f i (t) is equal to 4 Hz and 8
Hz are indicated with dashed lines. Careful scrutiny of the plots confirms that the waveform of the chirp signal does
match the waveforms of the 4 Hz and 8 Hz constant-frequency sinusoids at the corresponding two times.
Instantaneous Frequency of Chirp Signal
frequency in Hz
10
0
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2
4 Hz Signal
1
0.5
0
-0.5
-1
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2
Chirp Signal
1
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
0
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
-1
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
8 Hz Signal
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
1
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
0.5
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
0
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
-0.5
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
-1
w
s
w
ed
k
as
e
id
hi
th
w
time in seconds
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 3. SPECTRUM
1
(a) f 1 (t) = √ (c) f 3 (t) = e2t /π
2π (t)
(b) f 2 (t) = t/π (d) f 4 (t) = − sin(2πt)
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4
frequency in Hz
1
0.5
0
-0.5
-1
-3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3
frequency in Hz
150
s
w
ng
la
100
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
50
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
0
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
frequency in Hz
1
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
0.5
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
0
g
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
-0.5
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
-1
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
rt
y
se
rit
is
time in seconds
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 3. SPECTRUM
∞
X
(a) Let x(t) be given by the Fourier series x(t) = ak e j (2π/T0 )kt . Then it follows that
k=−∞
∞
X :1 X∞
x(0) = e j
ak (2π/T
0 )k (0)
= ak .
k=−∞ k=−∞
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 3. SPECTRUM
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 3. SPECTRUM
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
Chapter 4
Sampling and Aliasing
4-1 Problems
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
60
© 2016 Pearson Education, Inc., Hoboken, NJ. All rights reserved. This material is protected under all copyright laws as they currently
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 4. SAMPLING AND ALIASING
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 4. SAMPLING AND ALIASING
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 4. SAMPLING AND ALIASING
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 4. SAMPLING AND ALIASING
(a) Sketch will have four spectral lines at ω̂ = ±4000π, ±12000π. The complex amplitude of each spectral line will be
0.25.
6
0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25
ω
-
−12000π −4000π 0 4000π 12000π
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 4. SAMPLING AND ALIASING
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 4. SAMPLING AND ALIASING
(a) Sketch will have four spectral lines: at ω̂ = ±0.2π with complex amplitudes equal to 13e±jπ/4 , and at ±0.5π with
complex amplitudes of 7e±j3π/4 .
There is no aliasing when f s = 2000 samples/s.
7e−j3π/4 7e j3π/4
-
−π −0.5π −0.2π 0 0.2π 0.5π π ω̂
(b) The reconstructed output when the D-to-C rate is f s = 1600 samples/s will be y(t) = 26 cos(320πt+π/4)+14 cos(800πt+
3π/4).
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 4. SAMPLING AND ALIASING
(b) Sketch will have four spectral lines: at ω̂ = ±4π/9 with complex amplitudes equal to 13e±jπ/4 , and at ±2π/9 with
complex amplitudes of 7e±j3π/4 .
When f s = 450 samples/s, there will be an alias for the lines at ±500 Hz, i.e., the spectral line first maps to ω̂ = ±20π/9
and then aliases to ±2π/9.
7e−j3π/4 7e j3π/4
-
−π −4π/9 −2π/9 0 2π/9 4π/9 π ω̂
(c) The reconstructed output when f s = 450 samples/s is y(t) = 26 cos(400πt + π/4) + 14 cos(100πt + 3π/4).
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 4. SAMPLING AND ALIASING
(b) Sketch will have two spectral lines at ω̂ = ±4π/7 with complex amplitudes equal to 6e±jπ/4 .
When f s = 700 samples/s, there will be a folded alias for the lines at ±500 Hz, i.e., the spectral line first maps to
ω̂ = ±10π/7 and then aliases (via folding) to ∓4π/7. The complex amplitudes of the coincident spectral lines must be
summed.
-
−π −4π/7 0 4π/7 π ω̂
(c) The reconstructed output when f s = 700 samples/s is y(t) = 12 cos(400πt + π/4).
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 4. SAMPLING AND ALIASING
(c) f s = 75 samples/s.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 4. SAMPLING AND ALIASING
(c) ω̂1 = π/7 and ω̂2 = −π/7, but b[n] involves a folded alias so ω̂2 = π/7.
(d) Unequal because the phases are different: a[n] = cos(πn/7 + 0.1π) and b[n] = cos(πn/7 − 0.1π).
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 4. SAMPLING AND ALIASING
(c) Average is 0.9 samples per period, or 9 samples taken every 10 periods.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 4. SAMPLING AND ALIASING
Frequencies will be: 1000 Hz, 4000 Hz (but x(t) will have a different phase), and 6000 Hz.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 4. SAMPLING AND ALIASING
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 4. SAMPLING AND ALIASING
(a) Sketch will have six spectral lines at ω = ±2000π, ±(2000π ± 6000) rad/s.
In hertz, these frequencies are f ≈ ±47.07, ±1000, ±1954.93 Hz.
The complex amplitudes of the spectral lines are 41 e±jπ/2, 1.5e±j0, 41 e∓jπ/2 .
1.5 1.5
6
j
4 − 4j j
4 − 4j
-
−1955 −1000 −47 0 47 1000 1955 f (Hz)
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 4. SAMPLING AND ALIASING
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 4. SAMPLING AND ALIASING
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 4. SAMPLING AND ALIASING
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 4. SAMPLING AND ALIASING
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 4. SAMPLING AND ALIASING
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
periods. ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 4. SAMPLING AND ALIASING
(a) Expect 34 zero crossings in 17 periods. Number of positive peaks = number of negative peaks = 17.
(c) T = 0.2 s, so f = 5 Hz. Sampling a 15-Hz sinusoid at 20 Hz (Ts = 0.05) s. involves aliasing, and a 5-Hz sinusoid is a
folded version of the 15-Hz sinusoid.
(e) To obey the Sampling Theorem, Ts < (1/30) s, but to make a smooth plot Ts < 0.05 s would be needed.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 4. SAMPLING AND ALIASING
(b) Use the second line above to plot six spectrum lines.
−3 j 3j
6
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 4. SAMPLING AND ALIASING
(b)
(c) Plot four lines; two at ±0.4π with complex amps equal to 1e±j0.5π ; and two at ±0.8π with complex amps equal to 10.5.
Note: amplitudes are not to scale.
10.5 6 10.5
e−jπ/2 e jπ/2
-
−π −0.8π −0.4π 0 0.4π 0.8π π ω̂
s
w
ng
la
(d) f s = 300π rad/s, or 150 Hz.
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 4. SAMPLING AND ALIASING
(a) The discrete-time exponential when flashing at 15 flashes/s is p[n] = e+j2π (13)n/15+jπ/2 = e j2π (−2)n/15+jπ/2 . Thus, at
each flash the spot moves −4π/15 rad, which is 48◦ clockwise.
(c) Thirteen flashes in one second; disk moving CCW which is negative. The disk moves 2π(−15/360) + 2π` rad per
flash. Thus the disk moves 2π(13)(−1/24 + `) in one second. When ` = 0, the rotation speed is 13/24 = 0.54 rev/s
CCW. When ` < 0, the rotation speed is |13` − 13/24| rev/s CCW. When ` > 0, the rotation speed is |13` − 13/24|
rev/s CW. For example, when ` = 1, the speed is 12.46 rev/s CW.
Complex Exponential Derivation of Rotation Speeds (r) in rev/s:
The discrete-time exponential after flashing at f s flashes/s is p[n] = e+j2π (r )n/fs . Thus, to get the movement of 15◦
CCW, which is −2π/24 rad/s CCW, we must determine whether or not there is is an integer ` for which the following
is true:
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 4. SAMPLING AND ALIASING
(a) p(t) = e+j2π (12)t rotates through an angle of 24π every second.
(b) The discrete-time exponential after flashing at n flashes/s is p[m] = e+j2π (12)m/n . Thus, given n, we must determine
whether or not there is is an integer ` for which the following is true:
p[1] = p[0]
+j2π(12)(1)/n
e = e j2π` ⇒ 24π/n = 2π` ⇒ 12/n = `
(c) When n = 13, p[1] = e+j2π (12)/13 = e−j2π (1)/13 , so the disk rotates clockwise by 2π/13 rad, or 360/13 = 27.69◦ , for
every flash. The observed rotation is 1 rev/s clockwise.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 4. SAMPLING AND ALIASING
(a) Plot 8 unit-length vectors (with zvect). The angles will be {0.2π, 0.5π, 0.8π, 0, 0.3π, −0.5π, 0.5π, −0.5π}.
(c) Plot 5 unit-length vectors (with zvect). The angles will be {0, π/15, 4π/15, −14π/15, −14π/15}.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 4. SAMPLING AND ALIASING
(a) θ[n] = 0.07π, 1.75π, 7π are the angles of the vectors. When reduced to the −π to +π range, these angles are
θ[n] = 0.07π, −0.25π, π.
(b) The instantaneous frequency of the signal below is 2π(44.8 × 103 )t Hz. The plot runs from t = 0 to t = 200/8000 =
1/40 s, so it starts at f = 0 and ends at (1/40)44.8 × 103 = 1120 Hz.
(c) 2800 Hz
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 4. SAMPLING AND ALIASING
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
Chapter 5
FIR Filters
5-1 Problems
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
88
© 2016 Pearson Education, Inc., Hoboken, NJ. All rights reserved. This material is protected under all copyright laws as they currently
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 5. FIR FILTERS
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 5. FIR FILTERS
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 5. FIR FILTERS
(a) First of all, y[n] = 0 for n = −2, −1. The system is causal. Then y[n] = n + 1 for n = 0, 1, 2, 3; and y[n] = 4 for n ≥ 4.
(c)
0 n<0
y[n] = n + 1 0≤n<L
L n≥L
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 5. FIR FILTERS
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
(b)
s
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 5. FIR FILTERS
Unit
Unit Delay
3
Delay 3
xŒn 1
v1 Œn
Unit Unit
Delay Delay
2 2
xŒn 2
yŒn yŒn
(a) (b)
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 5. FIR FILTERS
(a) P = N + M
(b) Input signal is time-shifted by N1 . Thus, the output starts at N3 = N1 , and the last nonzero value in the output is at
N4 = N2 + M. The length of y[n] is N4 − N3 + 1 = N2 − N1 + M + 1.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 5. FIR FILTERS
(b) First of all, y[n] = 0 for n = −2, −1. The system is causal. Then y[n] = 1 for n = 0; and y[n] = (−0.5) n + (−0.5) n−1
for n = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8. The nonzero values starting at n = 0 are
1.0, 0.5, −0.25, 0.125, −0.0625, 0.03125, −0.015625, 0.0078125, −0.00390625
ng
la
Running onto the signal (partial overlap) region which is 0 ≤ n < L−1: sum (−0.5) k for k = 0 to k = n
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
n
s
ss
to
es
X
(−0.5) k = = rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
1 − (−0.5) 1.5
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
k=0
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
n
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
X
(−0.5) k = = (−0.5) n+1
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
1 − (−0.5) 1.5
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
k=n−L+1
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 5. FIR FILTERS
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 5. FIR FILTERS
Impulse response is h[n] = 13δ[n] − 13δ[n − 1] + 13δ[n − 2]. The output can be obtained via convolution: y[n] = h[n] ∗ x[n].
Assume that the input is nonzero for −∞ < n < ∞, which implies that x[n − 2] is equal to x[n]. Also, x[n − 1] will be equal
to 0 for n odd, and equal to 1 for n even.
26
n odd
y[n] = 13x[n] − 13x[n − 1] + 13x[n − 2] = 26x[n] − 13x[n − 1] =
−13
n even
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 5. FIR FILTERS
(a) y[n] = x[n] cos(0.2πn) (1) linear YES, (2) time-invariant NO, and (3) causal YES.
(b) y[n] = x[n] − x[n − 1] (1) linear YES, (2) time-invariant YES, and (3) causal YES.
(c) y[n] = |x[n]| (1) linear NO, (2) time-invariant YES, and (3) causal YES.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 5. FIR FILTERS
(b) Use LTI properties with x[n] = 7 (δ[n] − δ[n − 1]) +7 (δ[n − 1] − δ[n − 2]).
| {z }
first x[n] in table
Thus, y[n] = 7 (δ[n] − δ[n − 1] + 2δ[n − 3]) +7 (δ[n − 1] − δ[n − 2] + 2δ[n − 4])
| {z }
first x[n] in table
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 5. FIR FILTERS
Note that the Delay by 2 block in (b) is the cascade of two unit delays.
1
xŒn
3
v3 Œn
xŒn
Delay
by 2
4
Unit
Delay 2
xŒn 1
v2 Œn
Unit
Unit Delay
2
Delay 4
xŒn 2
v1 Œn
Delay Unit
by 2 Delay
1 3
s
w
ng
la
xŒn 4
hi
)
n
yŒn
ht
yŒn
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 5. FIR FILTERS
(a) Use the LTI properties. The output will be y2 [n] = y1 [n] − 2y1 [n − 2].
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 5. FIR FILTERS
(a) x[n] ∗ h[n] = a n u[n] ∗ (δ[n] − aδ[n − 1]) = a n u[n] − aa n−1 u[n − 1] = a n (u[n] − u[n − 1]) = δ[n]
| {z }
δ[n]
(b) Use the result from the previous part. h[n] ∗ a n (u[n] − u[n − 8]) = h[n] ∗ a n u[n]) − h[n] ∗ a8 a n−8 u[n − 8]
| {z } | {z }
δ[n] a8 δ[n−8]
(c) Sketch the plot which has only two nonzero stems, 1 at n = 0, and a8 at n = 8.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 5. FIR FILTERS
(a) x[n] ∗ δ[n − 3] = x[n − 3], so we want x[n − 3] = 5u[n − 2] − u[n − 6]. Unshift to get x[n] = 5u[n + 1] − u[n − 3].
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 5. FIR FILTERS
(c) h[n] = δ[n − 1] − 0.5δ[n − 2] because ( 12 ) n−1 u[n − 1] − 12 ( 12 ) n−2 u[n − 2] is zero for n ≥ 2.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 5. FIR FILTERS
At this point we know that the order of the filter is at least M = 1. For an M th order FIR filter the coefficient of z −M must
be nonzero, i.e., b M , 0. With that fact, the following shows that y[M + 1] will also be nonzero, so y[n] cannot be equal to
δ[n].
M
X
h[n] = bk δ[n − k] where b M , 0
k=0
*0
⇒ y[M + 1] = h[M
+
1] + h[M] = h[M] = b M , 0
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 5. FIR FILTERS
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 5. FIR FILTERS
S1 : y1 [n] = x[n] + 2x[n − 1] + 3x[n − 2] + 4x[n − 3] h1 [n] = δ[n] + 2δ[n − 1] + 3δ[n − 2] + 4δ[n − 3]
S2 : y2 [n] = x[n] + x[n − 1] + x[n − 2] + x[n − 3] h2 [n] = δ[n] + δ[n − 1] + δ[n − 2] + δ[n − 3]
S3 : y[n] = w[n] − w[n − 1] h3 [n] = δ[n] − δ[n − 1]
where w[n] = y1 [n] + y2 [n]. The impulse responses are also given above
(a) We need three blocks and one adder. Systems S 1 and S 2 are in parallel; their outputs are added and the sum is
processed by S 3 .
(b) We can get h[n] from the combination of the individual systems, and the write the difference equation from the filter
coefficients.
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
If we had the z-transform at this point we would write em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
H (z) = 1 + 2z −1 + 3z −2 + 4z −3 + 1 + z −1 + z −2 + z −3
st
1 − z −1
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
H (z) = 2 + 3z −1 + 4z −2 + 5z −3 1 − z −1 = 2 + z −1 + z −2 + z −3 − 5z −4
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
Chapter 6
Frequency Response
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
108
© 2016 Pearson Education, Inc., Hoboken, NJ. All rights reserved. This material is protected under all copyright laws as they currently
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 6. FREQUENCY RESPONSE
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 6. FREQUENCY RESPONSE
(a)
where H (e j ω̂ ) = 1 + e−j ω̂ .
(b) The system is LTI, so superposition applies. Each complex exponential is modified by the frequency response evaluated
at its frequency.
(c)
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 6. FREQUENCY RESPONSE
2
(a) y[n] = e j0.1πn + e j0.4πn = e j0.2πn + 2e j0.5πn + e j0.8πn
(b) Clearly, the squaring operation produces three complex exponential signals each with a different frequency that is not
one of the original two frequencies.
(c) The system is clearly not linear since the output cannot be written as the sum of two terms involving the two input
frequencies. The principle of superposition is not satisfied, therefore the system is NOT linear.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 6. FREQUENCY RESPONSE
0
−π −π/2 0 π/2 π 3π/2 2π 5π/2 3π
π
H(ej ω̂ )
0
6
−π
−π −π/2 0 π/2 π 3π/2 2π 5π/2 3π
(c) ω̂
s
w
(d) The output is zero whenever the magnitude of the frequency response is zero; i.e., when |2 cos(ω̂) − 1| = 0 or when
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
cos(ω̂) = 0.5. The solution is therefore ω̂ = π/3 rad.
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
(e) We know that for a cosine input with frequency ω̂0 = 0.5, the output is rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 6. FREQUENCY RESPONSE
(c)
0 n<0
n=0
3
y[n] = 3u[n] + 2u[n − 1] + u[n − 2] =
5 n=1
6 n≥2
(d) The unit step input is identical to a suddenly applied complex exponential of zero frequency. Thus, for an FIR filter
like this, the steady state response is simply H (e j0 ) times 1. The steady state is reached at n = 2 because the filter
order is 2.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 6. FREQUENCY RESPONSE
(a) H (e j ω̂ ) = 1 − e−j ω̂4 = e−j ω̂2 (e j ω̂2 − e−j ω̂2 ) = 2 je−j ω̂2 sin(2ω̂)
(c) Since the impulse response has length 5 samples, the output reaches the steady state at n = 4 so the output due to the
suddenly applied signal is identical to the output in (b) for n ≥ 4.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 6. FREQUENCY RESPONSE
(c) We should recognize this as the form of an L sample running sum whose frequency response is
L−1
j ω̂ −j ω̂(L−1)/2 sin(ω̂L/2)
e−j ω̂n
X
H (e )=e =
sin(ω̂/2) n=0
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 6. FREQUENCY RESPONSE
(a) To get the difference equation we need to expand the factors of H (e j ω̂ ) so that we get powers of e−j ω̂ .
√
H (e j ω̂ ) = (1 − e−j ω̂ )(1 − 2 cos(3π/4)e−j ω̂ + e−j2ω̂ ) = (1 − e−j ω̂ )(1 − 2e−j ω̂ + e−j2ω̂ )
√ √
= 1 + ( 2 − 1)e−j ω̂ − ( 2 − 1)e−j2ω̂ − e−j3ω̂
= 1 + 0.4142e−j ω̂ − 0.4142e−j2ω̂ − e−j3ω̂
(b)
0 n<0
n=0
1
y[n] = u[n] + 0.4142u[n − 1] − 0.4142u[n − 2] − u[n − 3] = n=1
1.4142
n=2
1
0 n≥3
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
(c) We need to find the values of ω̂ such that H (e j ω̂ ) = 0. These are easily found from the given factored form as ω̂ = 0
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
and ω̂ = ±3π/4.
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 6. FREQUENCY RESPONSE
(c) We need to find the values of ω̂ such that H (e j ω̂ ) = 0. The factored form shows that this can be true for values of ω̂
such that 1 + e−j2ω̂ = 0 or ω̂ = ±π/2 rad.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 6. FREQUENCY RESPONSE
(b) The first entry in the table says that the impulse response is h[n] = δ[n] − δ[n − 3]. Therefore, y[n] = x[n] − x[n − 3].
For the given input the output is
(c) In this case we can use the third result in the table, which says that the frequency response at ω̂ = π/3 is H (e jπ/3 ) = 2;
i.e., the phase shift is zero. Therefore, the output for this input is y[n] = 2 cos(π(n − 3)/3)
(d) It is FALSE because the impulse response is δ[n] − δ[n − 3], so the frequency response is H (e j ω̂ ) = 1 − e−j3ω̂ which
is nonzero at ω̂ = π/2.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 6. FREQUENCY RESPONSE
(a) The zeros marked with o are at multiples of 2π/8 with gaps at 0, ±2π, ±4π, . . ..
D8 (ω̂) 1
−1
−3π −2π −π 0 π 2π 3π
Figure P-6.11
(c) The maximum value occurs at ω̂ = 0. Using the small angle approximation for the sine functions we get
(L ω̂/2)
D L (0) ≈ =1
L(ω̂/2)
We get the same result using L’ Hospital’s Rule.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 6. FREQUENCY RESPONSE
10
|H(ej ω̂ )|
0
−2π −3π/2 −π −π/2 0 π/2 π 3π/2 2π
Figure P-6.12
(b)
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
(c) We need to determine the frequency response at 0 and 0.5π.
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
√ √
t
py
in
in
e
These are H (e j0 ) = 0 and H (e j0.5π ) = 8(1/ 2) 3 e j (−π/2−3π/4) = 2 2e−j7π/4 . Therefore, em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
√
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
= 12 2 cos(0.5π(n − 1) − 7π/4)
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
(e)
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
e
of
ei
th
th
√
y
l
sa
ro
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 6. FREQUENCY RESPONSE
(a)
S1 : H1 (e j ω̂ ) = 1 − e−j ω̂
S2 : H2 (e j ω̂ ) = 1 + e−j2ω̂
S3 : H3 (e j ω̂ ) = e−j ω̂ + e−j2ω̂
(c) Multiply out all the factors in H (e j ω̂ ) and then pick off the coefficients to get the difference equation.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 6. FREQUENCY RESPONSE
1 − e−j5ω̂
4
sin(ω̂5/2)
(a) H (e j ω̂ ) = e−j ω̂n = = e−j ω̂2
X
n=0
1 − e−j ω̂ sin(ω̂/2)
H (e j0 ) = 5
sin(5π/8)
H (e j0.25π ) = e−j0.5π = 2.4142e−j0.5π
sin(π/8)
H (e j0.4π ) = 0
Therefore, y[n] = 35 + 8(2.4142) cos(0.25πn − π/2)
(d) Since the length of the impulse response is 5, the steady-state output is attained for n ≥ 4.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 6. FREQUENCY RESPONSE
This is the same input signal as in Problem ?? and the discrete-time system is the same as in that problem. Therefore, from
the solution to Problem ??(c), the output sequence is
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 6. FREQUENCY RESPONSE
(b) A delay of 10 samples must correspond to 0.001 s. After sampling x(t) at a rate of f s
s
w
ng
In addition, the output frequency must be the same as the input frequency, so there must be no aliasing, i.e., the
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
relationship between ω0 and f s = 10, 000 Hz must obey the Nyquist condition. c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
(c) To get y(t) = A, we need y[n] = constant. Since x[n] = 10 + 20 cos(ω0 (n/ f s ) + π/3), the filter must null out the cosine
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
sin(5ω̂/2) −j ω̂2
(
l
le
si
pr
or
is
e
w
s
w
ed
5 sin(ω̂/2)
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
For ω0 and f s = 2000 Hz, these frequencies are 2π(±400) and 2π(±800) rad/s.
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
The negative frequencies must be used when we include aliases. The complete list of input frequencies that alias to
y
an
co
an
in
the zeros of H (e j ω̂ ) is
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
For these input frequencies, the cosine term will be filtered out, and only the DC remains. Since H (e j0 ) = 1 and the
DC value of x(t) = 10, the output will be y(t) = A = 10.
Cosine aliases to DC: When ω0 is a frequency that aliases to DC, then ω̂0 = (ω0 + 2π` f s )/ f s = 0,
and x[n] = 10 + 20 cos(0n + π/3) = 10 + 20 cos(π/3) = 20.
The frequencies for which this happens are
In this case, the DC value of x(t) = 20 and H (e j0 ) = 1, so the output will be y(t) = A = 20.
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 6. FREQUENCY RESPONSE
(a) The constant component passes through the first system as a constant. Then the first difference system gives a zero
output for a constant input. By superposition, the output is thus equal to y1 [n], the output due to the other input
component x 1 [n].
(b) The overall frequency response function is the product of the frequency responses. Therefore,
1 − e−j5ω̂
4 !
j ω̂ −j ω̂n + −j ω̂
(1 − e−j ω̂ ) = 1 − e−j5ω̂
X
H (e )= * e (1 − e ) = −j ω̂
, n=0 - 1−e
(c) The frequency response is zero at the 5th roots of unity or ω̂ = 2πk/5 for k = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 6. FREQUENCY RESPONSE
e j5ω̂ − e−j5ω̂
(b) H (e j ω̂ ) = −e−j2ω̂ +e−j12ω̂ = e−j7ω̂ (−e j5ω̂ +e−j5ω̂ ) = e−j7ω̂ (−2 j) = j (−2 sin(ω̂5))e−j7ω̂ Therefore, R(e j ω̂ ) =
2j
−2 sin(5ω̂) and n0 = −7.
s
1 w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
0
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
5
ed
ng
W
in
H(ej ω̂ )
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
0
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
6
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
-5
or
e
id
hi
th
w
−π −π/2 0 π/2 π
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
ω̂
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 6. FREQUENCY RESPONSE
(a)
H (e j ω̂ ) = H1 (e j ω̂ )H2 (e j ω̂ )
= (1 + 2e−j ω̂ + e−j ω̂2 )(1 − e−j ω̂ + e−j ω̂2 − e−j ω̂3 )
= 1 + e−j ω̂ − e−j ω̂4 − e−j ω̂5
s
w
ng
la
(c) y[n] = x[n] + x[n − 1] − x[n − 4] − x[n − 5]
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 6. FREQUENCY RESPONSE
(a) We need to have zeros of the frequency response at ω̂ = 0 and 0.2π. Thus,
(b) We need to null the frequencies ω̂ = 0, ±0.2π, ±0.4π, ±0.6π, ±0.8π, π. A system whose frequency response is zero at
all these frequencies is H (e j ω̂ ) = 1 − e−j ω̂10 .
If we set H (e j ω̂ ) = 0 we get the equation 1 − e−j ω̂10 = 0 or e−j ω̂10 = 1 or, equivalently, e j ω̂10 = 1 = e j2πk where
k = 0, 1, . . . , 9. If we then equate the exponents of the last equation we get ω̂10 = 2πk, or ω̂ = 2πk/10 = 0.2πk.
The difference equation for this system is y[n] = x[n] − x[n − 10].
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 6. FREQUENCY RESPONSE
(a) The two normalized frequencies are 120π/ f s = 0.12π and 240π/ f s = 0.24π.
H (e j ω̂ ) = (1 − e−j0.12π e−j ω̂ )(1 − e j0.12π e−j ω̂ )(1 − e−j0.24π e−j ω̂ )(1 − e j0.24π e−j ω̂ )
= 1 − 3.3175e−j ω̂ + 4.7111e−j ω̂2 − 3.3175e−j ω̂3 + e−j ω̂4
(c) Here is the Matlab plot of the frequency response (magnitude) versus ω̂, and also versus the analog frequency f in
hertz. The frequencies 60 Hz and 120 Hz are marked and are snown to be nulled out.
Note: the plot of |H (e j ω̂ )| versus ω̂ is zoomed vertically so as to see the detail of the zeros.
|H(ej ω̂ )|
s
0.5 w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
0
a
t
py
in
in
e
−π −π/2 0 em
π/2 π
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
|H(ej2πf /fs )|
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
20 itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
10
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
0
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
analog frequency f
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
Figure P-6.21
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 6. FREQUENCY RESPONSE
(a) To find y[n] we need the frequency response evaluated at frequencies 0 and 0.5π which are from the graph:
H (e j0 ) = 0 H (e j0.5π ) = 1.4e−jπ/4
(b) The discontinuity of size π radians is due to the fact that H (e j ω̂ ) is zero at ω̂ = 0 so there is a sign change from one
side of 0 to the other. This is evident in H (e j ω̂ ) equation above since the function sin(ω̂/2) is negative for −π < ω̂ < 0
and positive for 0 < ω̂ < π.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 6. FREQUENCY RESPONSE
(a) When the input is x[n] = 10 + 10 cos(0.2πn) + 10 cos(0.5πn), we need to determine the frequency response at fre-
quencies 0, 0.2π and 0.5π. From the curves we get
(b) There are two kinds of discontinuities in the phase. At ω̂ = 2π(0.17), the discontinuity of size 2π is due to taking the
principal value. At ω̂ = 0.5π the frequency response is zero and the discontinuity is a phase jump of ±π due to the
sign change as the frequency response crosses zero.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
Chapter 7
DTFT
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
132
© 2016 Pearson Education, Inc., Hoboken, NJ. All rights reserved. This material is protected under all copyright laws as they currently
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 7. DTFT
This solution requires mostly table lookup and applying the delay property for the DTFT.
DTFT
(a) x 1 [n] = 2δ[n − 3] ←→ X1 (e j ω̂ ) = 2e−j ω̂3
DTFT
(b) x 2 [n] = 3δ[n − 2] − δ[n − 3] + 3δ[n − 4] ←→ X2 (e j ω̂ ) = 3e−j ω̂2 − e−j ω̂3 + 3e−j ω̂4
7
1≤n≤8
(c) x 3 [n] = 7u[n − 1] − 7u[n − 9] =
0 otherwise
Note how the step sequence is used to create a finite-length sequence. Plug into the DTFT definition and set n = m + 1
in the sum. Then apply the formula for the sum of terms of a geometric series.
1 − e−j ω̂8
8 7
sin(4ω̂) −j ω̂9/2
X3 (e j ω̂ ) = 7e−j ω̂n = 7e−j ω̂ e−j ω̂m = 7e−j ω̂
X X
=7 e
n=1 m=0
1−e −j ω̂ sin(ω̂/2)
1
|ω̂| < 0.25π
(
sin(0.25πn) DTFT
(d) x 4 [n] = ←→ X4 (e j ω̂ ) = 9
9πn 0 0.25π < |ω̂| ≤ π
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 7. DTFT
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 7. DTFT
This solution involves either evaluating the definitions of the direct and inverse DTFT or using table lookup and the
properties of the DTFT.
0.3π
e j0.3πn − e−j0.3πn sin(0.3πn)
Z
1
(a) v1 [n] = e j ω̂n d ω̂ = =
2π j2πn πn
−0.3π
sin(0.3πn)
(c) Note that V3 (e j ω̂ ) = 1 − V1 (e j ω̂ ). Thus, v3 [n] = δ[n] − v1 [n] = δ[n] −
πn
Alternatively, you can plug into the inverse DTFT integral as in part (a) obtaining
−0.3π
Z Zπ
1 j ω̂n 1 sin(πn) sin(0.3πn) sin(0.3πn)
v3 [n] = e d ω̂ + e j ω̂n d ω̂ = − = δ[n] −
2π 2π πn πn πn
−π 0.3π
s
w
ng
la
hi
9 9
sin((ω̂ − π)5) −j (ω̂−π)4.5
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
j ω̂ jπn −j ω̂n
e−j (ω̂−π)n = V2 (e j (ω̂−π) ) =
X X ea
rig
)= =
W
a
(d) V4 (e e e e
t
py
in
sin((ω̂ − π)/2)
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
n=0 n=0
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 7. DTFT
This solution requires using the linearity and delay properties of the DTFT and the following basic DTFT pair:
It might be helpful to sketch the different bandlimited DTFTs that are involved.
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
0 0 ≤ |ω̂| ≤ 0.1π
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
es
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
itt
ni
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 7. DTFT
k=2
With a change of index in the sum we can apply the formula for the sum of terms in a geometric series.
sin(ω̂5/2) −j ω̂4
H (e j ω̂ ) = 3 e
sin(ω̂/2)
Thus, the answers as requested are: L = 5, α = 3, and β = 4.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 7. DTFT
The exponential factors suggest a delay, but we cannot use the DTFT delay property directly because the delay would
be a fraction of a sample. This means that we should use the inverse DTFT if we can evaluate it, and, of course, we can.
s
If the delay had been an integer, the first function would reduce to an impulse, but in this case it does not. w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
(c) Again using the direct evaluation of the inverse DTFT, the solution is
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
.
st
g3 [n] = 9
ed
ng
−9
in
d
itt
ni
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 7. DTFT
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 7. DTFT
We will need the impulse response of the system to do parts (a) and (c). We can get it by expanding H (e j ω̂ ) using the
inverse Euler relation; i.e., H (e j ω̂ ) = 21 e j ω̂3 + 12 e−j ω̂3 , so h[n] = 12 δ[n + 3] + 21 δ[n − 3].
(b) Here we can use the frequency response directly if we express x 2 [n] as x 2 [n] = 1.5e j0.25πn + 1.5e−j0.25πn . Then
1
0≤n≤8
(c) This signal is a length-9 pulse: x 3 [n] = u[n] − u[n − 9] =
0
otherwise
This one should be done by convolution because the impulse response is so simple and a frequency-domain solution
would not be feasible.
y3 [n] = x 3 [n] ∗ h[n] = x 3 [n] ∗ 21 δ[n + 3] + 12 δ[n − 3]
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
1
c
tio
−3 ≤ n ≤ 2 ea
rig
W
a
2
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
3≤n≤5
s
1
i
W
r
ss
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
1
o
St
6 ≤ n ≤ 11
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
2
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
0 otherwise
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 7. DTFT
DTFT 1
(b) Using the DTFT pair a n u[n] ←→ and the frequency-shift property of the DTFT we can write the DTFT of
1 − ae−j ω̂
x[n] as
1 1
X (e j ω̂ ) = 2
+ 2
1− ae−j (ω̂−ω̂0 ) 1− ae−j (ω̂+ω̂0 )
1
− 12 ae−j ω̂0 e−j ω̂ + 1
− 12 ae j ω̂0 e−j ω̂
= 2 2
(1 − ae j ω̂0 e−j ω̂ )(1 − ae−j ω̂0 e−j ω̂ )
ng
la
1 − a cos(ω̂0 )e−j ω̂
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
=
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
1 − 2a cos(ω̂0 )e−j ω̂ + a2 e−j ω̂2
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 7. DTFT
1
A sketch of this for a = 0.95 would show a maximum at ω̂ = 0 of size = 400 and it would fall off monotonically
(1 − a) 2
1
with increasing ω̂ to a value of = 0.2630 at ω̂ = ±π.
(1 + a) 2
(b) If V (e j ω̂ ) were a frequency response, is the filter lowpass, highpass or bandpass? LOWPASS
(c) Using the frequency shift property of the DTFT we obtain W (e j ω̂ ) = 21 V (e j (ω̂−0.3π) ) + 12 V (e j (ω̂+0.3π) ). Therefore, a
plot of |W (e−j ω̂ )| 2 will look like two shifted versions of the plot in part (a) with everything scaled by 14 . This will
place peaks at approximately ω̂ = ±0.3π with heights of approximately 100.
Note: the plots use a semilog scale to show details.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
(d) If W (e j ω̂ ) were a frequency response, is the filter lowpass, highpass or bandpass? BANDPASS
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 7. DTFT
(a) Using the definition of the ideal lowpass filter we can write
(c) From part (a) it follows that hhp [n] = δ[n] − hlp [n] so
sin(ω̂co n)
hhp [n] = δ[n] −
πn
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 7. DTFT
(a) To get a bandpass filter, we need to subtract the low frequency band from a wider lowpass filter. Thus, we can write
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 7. DTFT
(a) A sketch would show a negative exponential decaying to the left for n ≤ −1.
−1
X
(b) The DTFT exists for values of b such that |x[n]| is absolutely summable; i.e., | − bn | < ∞.
−∞
This will be true for |b| > 1.
(c) By definition, the DTFT of x[n] = −bn u[−n − 1] when |b| > 1 is
−1 ∞ ∞
X (e j ω̂ ) = −bn e−j ω̂n = − b−n e j ω̂n = 1 − b−n e j ω̂n
X X X
1 −b−1 e j ω̂
=1− =
1 − b−1 e j ω̂ 1 − b−1 e j ω̂
−b−1 e j ω̂ 1
= =
−b e (1 − be ) 1 − be−j ω̂
−1 j ω̂ −j ω̂
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 7. DTFT
∞ 0.25π
2 Z
X sin(0.25πn) 1 1 1
(a)
= d ω̂ =
n=−∞
3πn 2π 3 12
−0.25π
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 7. DTFT
(a) This one is easy with the DTFT since X1 (e j ω̂ ) = e−j ω̂4 and Cx1 x1 (e j ω̂ ) = |X1 (e j ω̂ )| 2 = 1. Therefore, cx1 x1 [n] = δ[n].
In the index domain, it is also easy: cx1 x1 [n] = x 1 [n] ∗ x 1 [−n] = δ[n − 4] ∗ δ[−n − 4] = δ[n]
(b) This one can be done easily by discrete convolution, but let’s use the DTFT. Since X2 (e j ω̂ ) = e−j ω̂4 − e−j ω̂6 , it follows
that
Cx2 x2 (e j ω̂ ) = |X2 (e j ω̂ )| 2 = (e−j ω̂4 − e−j ω̂6 )(e j ω̂4 − e j ω̂6 ) = −e j ω̂2 + 2 − e−j ω̂2
(c) Let’s try this with the DTFT. First note that x 3 [n] is identical to the impulse response of a 10-point running sum system
with additional delay of 6 samples. Therefore,
!2
j ω̂ sin(ω̂5) −j ω̂4.5 −j ω̂6 j ω̂ j ω̂ 2 sin(ω̂5)
X3 (e ) = e e and Cx3 x3 (e ) = |X3 (e )| = .
sin(ω̂/2) sin(ω̂/2)
(Note that the exponential factors corresponding to delay disappear when we take the magnitude.)
To determine cx3 x3 [n] we have to determine the inverse DTFT. We cannot evaluate the integral with what we know and
we have no entry in our table of transforms for this function. Therefore, we should try convolution, which is not too
s
difficult. The result is w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
10 − |n| −9 ≤ n ≤ 9
in
e
em
co
d
cx3 x3 [n] =
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
0 otherwise
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
This might be a good transform pair to know in a general case. In particular, you can show the following for any
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
!2
sin(ω̂L/2)
es
so
or
or
L − |n| |n| ≤ (L − 1)
is
DTFT j ω̂
w
s
w
x[n] = )=
ed
k
as
←→ X (e
or
e
id
hi
sin(ω̂/2)
th
w
d
ov
0 otherwise
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
e
of
ei
sin(0.25πn) DTFT
th
←→ X4 (e j ω̂ ) =
th
(d) Recall the DTFT pair: x 4 [n] =
e
y
l
sa
ro
0
or
de
ill
w
This one is a clear candidate for using the DTFT since it would be impossible to evaluate the discrete-time autocorre-
lation in the time domain.
We should recognize that x 4 [n] is identical to the impulse response of an ideal lowpass filter with cutoff frequency
0.25π and gain 1/9. If we take the squared-magnitude of X4 (e j ω̂ ), we get the same cutoff but the gain is squared.
sin(0.25πn)
Therefore, it follows that cx4 x4 [n] =
81πn
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 7. DTFT
(a) This is accomplished by evaluating the discrete-time convolution cxx [n] = x[n] ∗ x[−n] and the result is cxx [n] =
5 − |n| |n| ≤ 4 .
0 otherwise
(b) To do this, we don’t try to find the DTFT of cxx [n] in part (a) directly, but instead use the fact that Cxx (e j ω̂ ) = |X (e j ω̂ )| 2 .
We can look up the DTFT of x[n] in our table of DTFT pairs with L = 5. Thus
sin(ω̂5/2) 2 sin(ω̂5/2)
!2
j ω̂ −j ω̂(L−1)/2
Cxx (e ) = e =
sin(ω̂/2) sin(ω̂/2)
Cxx (e j ω̂ ) is clearly real and positive because it is a squared-magnitude of the complex DTFT X (e j ω̂ ).
(c) Since Cyy (e j ω̂ ) = |Y (e j ω̂ )| 2 = |X (e j ω̂ )e−j ω̂2 | 2 = |X (e j ω̂ )| 2 , it follows that cyy [n] = cxx [n]. In fact the auto correlation
function for a delayed signal is always the same as the autocorrelation function for the signal itself. Delay always
cancels out when you evaluate a correlation.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 7. DTFT
0.5
0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
1.004
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
1.002
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
1
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
0.998
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
0.996
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
0.994
s
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
te
y
an
co
!/:
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
de
ill
w
(b) From the plots the measured parameters are ω̂ p = 0.7034π, ω̂s = 0.4932π, δ p = 0.003 and δ s = 0.0022.
(c) A good rule of thumb is that with a Hamming window, the transition region satisfies ∆ω̂ M = 8π/M, where M
is the order of the filter. For M = 32, this formula gives ∆ω̂32 = 0.25π, whereas the measured value is ∆ω̂32 =
(0.7034 − 0.4932)π = 0.2102π, so the formula over-estimates the transition width in this case.
(d) However, the formula gives us a rationale for estimating the effect of going from M = 32 to M = 80. We should have
∆ω̂80 ≈ ∆ω̂32 32/80 = 0.2102π(32/80) = .0841π. The formula would give a value for ∆ω̂80 of 0.1π. The measured
cutoff frequencies for M = 80 are ω̂ p = (.6 + .0841/2)π = 0.642π and ω̂s = (0.6 − .0841/2)π = 0.558π.
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 7. DTFT
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1
s
Detail of Stopband: d1 = 0.0020404 ! s = 0.5584: w
ng
#10 -3
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
5
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
4 em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
3
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
2
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
1
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
0
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
1.005
s
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
1
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
0.995
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
0.99
ill
w
0.985
0.98
0.6 0.65 0.7 0.75 0.8 0.85 0.9 0.95 1
!/:
Figure 7-2: Solution for Problem 7-17d. The estimates of the cutoff frequencies from part (c) are seen to be quite accurate.
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 7. DTFT
We will need the magnitude and angle at these three frequencies so we do the following:
>> zprint(H24)
Z = X + jY Magnitude Phase Ph/pi Ph(deg)
0.0001345 0 0.0001345 0.000 0.000 0.00
0.04127 7.164e-17 0.04127 0.000 0.000 0.00
-0.9964 -1.142e-15 0.9964 -3.142 -1.000 -180.00
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
(a) If the input is x 1 [n] = 10 for all n, the output is y1 [n] = 10H24 (e j0 ), so we use Matlab as above to find H24 (e j0 ).H32=sum(h32)=
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
so y1 [n] = 0.001345. This is a highpass filter so the DC is greatly attenuated.
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
(b) When the input is a zero-phase cosine, the output is y2 [n] = 10|H24 (e j0.5π )| cos(0.5πn + ∠H24 (e j0.5π )), so from the
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
Matlab analysis, y2 [n] = 0.4127 cos(0.5πn + 0). This frequency is in the transition zone near the stopband so its
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
(c) As in part (b) the output in this case is y3 [n] = 10|H24 (e j0.75π )| cos(0.75πn + ∠H24 (e j0.75π )), so from the Matlab
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
analysis, y3 [n] = 9.964 cos(0.75πn − π). This frequency is in the passband so the amplitude is barely reduced.
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 7. DTFT
ng
la
stem(n,y2,’filled’);hold on; plot([37,37],[-10,15],’r--’);hold off
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
title(’Output y_2[n] due to x_2[n] = 10cos(0.5 \pi n)’)
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
subplot(413)
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
stem(n,y1+y2,’filled’);hold on; plot([37,37],[-10,15],’r--’);hold off
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
title(’Sum of Outputs’)
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
subplot(414)
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
stem(n,snOutput,’filled’)
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
hold on
s
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
de
ill
w
(a) When the input x 1 [n] is DC with a DC level of 10, the output level y1 [n] converges to 10H (e j0 ) = 10(1) = 10 after a
brief transient of less than 37 samples.
(b) When the input is the sinusoid x 2 [n] = 10 cos(0.5πn) we must evaluate H (e j ω̂ ) at ω̂ = 0.5π rad. We obtain H (e j0.5π ) =
0.02814e j0.75π , so the output would be y2 [n] = 0.2814 cos(0.5πn + 0.75π).
(c) Note that the bottom two figures are identical, thereby showing that superposition holds. This is also shown by the
open circles, which show the difference between y1+y2 and snoutput.
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 7. DTFT
10
0
Transient region is n=0 to 37
−10
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Output y [n] due to x [n] = 10cos(0.5 π n)
2 2
2
s
w
ng
1
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
0
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
−1
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
Sum of Outputs
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
15
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
10
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
5
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
0
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
s
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
e
of
ei
th
th
15
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
10
ill
w
5
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Time Index (n)
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 7. DTFT
(a) Use the GUI to find this frequency to be approximately 0.712π rad. The unwrapped phase at this frequency is
ϕ ≈ −10.5 rad. The principal value of the phase is −10.5 + 2π ≈ 2.01 rad.
(b) Here again, you can use the GUI to find the frequencies where |H (e j ω̂ )| = 1.
These are approximately {0.71π, 0.788π, 0.854π, 0.914π, 0.972π}
1
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
0.5 ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
0
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
tp
t
#10 -3
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
6
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
4
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
2
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
0
y
l
sa
ro
de
ill
1.002
1
0.998
0.996
0.994
0.6 0.65 0.7 0.75 0.8 0.85 0.9 0.95 1
!/:
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
Chapter 8
DFT
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
155
© 2016 Pearson Education, Inc., Hoboken, NJ. All rights reserved. This material is protected under all copyright laws as they currently
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 8. DFT
(a) The DTFT of x 0 [n] is X0 (e j ω̂ ) = 1 for all ω̂. Therefore, X0 [k] = X0 (e j (2πk/10) ) = 1 for k = 0, 1, . . . , 9. In Matlab
>> X0=fft([1,zeros(1,9)])
X0 = 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 − e−j ω̂10
9
(b) The DTFT of x 1 [n] is X1 (e j ω̂ ) = e−j ω̂n =
X
. Thus, for k = 0, 1, . . . , 9 we get
n=0
1 − e−j ω̂
1 − e−j2πk 10
k=0
X1 [k] = X1 (e j (2π/10)k ) = =
1−e −j (2π/10)k 0
k = 1, 2, . . . , 9
1 − e−j2πk
Note that the closed form X1 [k] = is indeterminant when we try to evaluate for k = 0. L’ Hôpital’s
1 − e−j (2π/10)k
rule doesn’t work here because k is an integer variable. Therefore we need to go back to the sum form where we see
9
X
that X1 [0] = X1 (e j (2π/10)0 ) = 1 = 10.
s
n=0 w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
Matlab verification:
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
>> X1 = fft(ones(1,10)) em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
X1 = 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
k = 0, 1, . . . , 9.
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
Matlab verification:
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
>> X2 = fft([zeros(1,4),1,zeros(1,5)])
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
-0.8090 + 0.5878i
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
1 − e−j (ω̂−2π/5)10
9 9
ill
X X
.
n=0 n=0
1 − e−j (ω̂−2π/5)
Therefore,
0 k = 0, 1
1 − e−j ((2π/10)k−2π/5)10 1 − e−j2π(k−2)
X3 [k] = X3 (e j (2π/10)k
)= = = k=2
10
1 − e−j ((2π/10)k−2π/5) 1 − e−j (2π/10)(k−2)
k = 3, 4, . . . , 9
0
As in part (b), we have to be careful in evaluating this expression for k = 2.
Matlab verification:
>> X3 = fft(exp(j*2*pi*(0:9)/5))
X3 = -0.0000 + 0.0000i -0.0000 + 0.0000i 10.0000 - 0.0000i
0.0000 + 0.0000i -0.0000 + 0.0000i 0.0000 + 0.0000i
-0.0000 + 0.0000i 0.0000 + 0.0000i 0.0000 + 0.0000i
-0.0000 + 0.0000i
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 8. DFT
(b) This one is the first entry in Table 8-1, so we can write the answer down by inspection: x b [n] = δ[n]. Alternatively,
you can plug into the inverse DFT definition and get
9
1 X j (2π/10)kn 1 − e j (2π/10)10n 1 n=0
x b [n] = e = = = δ[n]
10 k=0 1−e j (2π/10)n 0
n = 1, 2, . . . , 9
Matlab verification:
>> xb = ifft(ones(1,10))
xb = 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
(c) Since there are only two nonzero terms, we can write down the answer directly and manipulate it if possible. ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
x c [n] = 0.1(e j (2π/10)3n + e j (2π/10)7n )
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
= 0.1(e j (2π/10)3n + e j (2π/10)(10−3)n )
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
= 0.2 cos((2π/10)3n)
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
Matlab verification:
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
>> xc = ifft([0,0,0,1,0,0,0,1,0,0])
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 8. DFT
(a) Express (−1) n as e jπn = e j (2π/12)6n and substitute into the DFT definition.
11 11
X X 1 − e−j2π (k−6)
Y0 [k] = 3 e j (2π/12)6n e−j (2π/12)kn = 3 e−j (2π/12)(k−6)n = 3
n=0 n=0
1 − e−j (2π/12)(k−6)
0 k = 0, 1, . . . , 5
= k=6
36
k = 7, 8, . . . , 11
0
Note that the numerator of the closed form is zero for all integer k, but when k = 6 we have an indeterminant form
that evaluates to 3 × 12 = 36.
Matlab verification:
>> Y0 = 3*fft((-1).^(0:11))
Y0 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 36 0 0 0 0 0
(b) This can be looked up in Table 8-1. It is the third entry with L = 4 and N = 12 so
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
sin(πk/3) −jπk/4
tio
ea
rig
Y1 [k] =
W
a
e
t
py
in
in
e
sin(πk/12) em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
Matlab verification:
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
>> Y1 = fft([ones(1,4),zeros(1,8)])
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
(c) In this problem, the even samples are 1 and the odd indexed samples are zero. This solution is facilitated if we write
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
11
de
X
y2 [n] as y2 [n] = 2 1 + e δ[n−m]. Therefore, it follows from the linearity and frequency-shift properties
ill
1 j (2π/12)6n
w
m=0
in Table 8-2 and the third entry in Table 8-1 with L = N = 12 that
The first term is zero except at k = 0 where its value is Y2 [0] = 6. The second term is zero except when k = 6 where
its value is Y2 [6] = 6. Thus
6
k = 0, 6
Y2 =
0
k = 1, 2, . . . , 5, 7, 8, . . . , 11
We can get another closed form expression by summing the DFT expression only over the even indices using a index
m = 2n, n = 0, 1, . . . , 5. This gives us
5
X 1 − e−j (2π/12)6k 1 − e−jπk
Y2 [k] = e−j (2π/12)2km = =
m=0
1 − e−j (2π/12)2k 1 − e−j (2π/6)k
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 8. DFT
11
X
In this case, the expression is indeterminant for k = 0, 6. The value at these DFT indices is Y2 [0] = y2 [n] = 6, and
n=0
because the odd-indexed samples are zero,
11
X 11
X
Y2 [6] = y2 [n]e−j (2π/12)6n = y2 [n]e−jπn = 6
n=0 n=0
Matlab verification:
>> Y2 = fft([1,0,1,0,1,0,1,0,1,0,1,0])
Y2 = 6 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 8. DFT
(b) If we write v[n] = 4(−1) n w[n] as v[n] = 4e j (2π/6)3n w[n], we see that the new DFT is V [k] = 4W [k − 3] where the
shift is periodic with period 6.
Therefore, V [k] = {0, −4 j, 0, 4, 0, 4 j}
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 8. DFT
255
X 255
X
(a) X[0] = x[n]e−j2π (0)n/256 = x[n] is real since all x[n] are real-valued.
n=0 n=0
255
X 255
X
X[128] = x[n]e−j2π (128)n/256 = x[n](−1) n is real since all x[n] are real-valued.
n=0 n=0
9
X 9
X
(d) Y [0] = y[n] = 0 Y [5] = 7(−1) n e−j (2π/10)5n = 70
n=0 n=0
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 8. DFT
(b) Sketch should show y[n] = {2, 3, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1} because y[n] = x[n − 6] evaluated with a period of 8.
Problem 8.6(a), x[n]
4
3
2
1
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
1
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
0 rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 8. DFT
1 1 1 1
2 -1 -1 so y[n] = 2δ[n] + δ[n − 1] − 2δ[n − 4] − δ[n − 5]
2 1 0 0 -2 -1
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
(b) Applying the definition of the DFT and writing out the individual terms gives
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
X[k] = 1 + e−j (2π/N )k + e−j (2π/N )k (2) + e−j (2π/N )k3 + e−j (2π/N )k (4)
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
(c) Forming the product Y [k] = H[k]X[k] is the same as doing the polynomial multiplication as in part (a) so we get
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
(d) For N = 6, the DFT is Y [k] = 2 + e−j (2π/6)k − 2e−j (2π/6)k (4) − e−j (2π/6)k (5) . All we need to do is pick off the coeficients
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
(e) We need to adjust the exponents of W [k] so that any power of e−j (2π/4)k (n+4) is replaced by e−j (2π/4)kn .
sa
ro
st
or
de
Thus, Y [k] = 2 + e−j (2π/4)k − 2e−j (2π/4)k (4) − e−j (2π/4)k (5) is equivalent to
ill
w
(f) Since the length of the convolution is L + M − 1, we need to be able to represent the sequence of this length by the
DFT. Therefore, N ≥ L + M − 1 is required.
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 8. DFT
If this is evaluated for k = 13 we get X[13] = X (e j (2π/100)13 ) = 12.46 e j0.32π = 12.46 e j1.005
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 8. DFT
(a) From Q(e j ω̂ ) it is clear that the peaks will occur around DFT indices corresponding to the frequencies ω̂0 and 2π − ω̂0 ;
i.e. when (2π/32)k 1 = ω̂0 and (2π/32)(32 − k 1 ) = 2π − ω̂0 . Therefore, ω̂0 = (2π/32)10 = 0.625π.
(b) The second peak occurs when (2π/32)(32 − k1 ) = (2π/32)k 2 or when k2 = 22. The third nonzero value occurs at
k 3 = 0, corresponding to the DC component of 0.1 in s[n]. The DFT of that DC component is 0.1N δ[k], which is
zero for all k except k = 0. The Dirichlet components are also zero except at k 1 = 10 for the first one and k 2 = 22 for
the second one.
>> x=0.1+(100/32)*cos(2*pi*10*(0:31)/32);
>> X=fft(x);
>> abs(X)
ans = 3.2000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 50.0000 0.0000
0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 50.0000 0.0000 s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 ea 0.0000
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
0.0000 0.0000
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 8. DFT
(a) N = 32 + 48 = 80.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 8. DFT
The input signal has fundamental frequency ω̂0 = 0.08π. Thus, only DC and the first harmonic are below the cutoff of
the filter. Since the gain is 1/5, we get three terms in the output
y[n] = (1/5) 1 + 2e j0.08πn + 2e−j0.08πn = 0.2 + 0.4 cos(0.08πn)
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 8. DFT
(a) In order to show the spectrum only for positive frequencies, we need to convert the frequencies by adding 2πn to the
exponent of each of the components having negative frequency. Therefore,
7j −7 j 7j
3 3
2 2 2
π
-
−π −.7π −.2π 0 .2π .7π 1.3π 1.8π 2π ω̂
The dashed lines show negative frequencies that differ by 2π from frequencies in the range 0 ≤ ω̂ < 2π. w
s
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
(b) If we carry out the multiplication and adjust any resulting negative frequencies as we did in part (a), we get
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
This is an example of the frequency shift property since by adding 0.4π to each frequency we shift the spectrum to the
g
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
−7 j 7j −7 j 7j
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
3
ill
w
2 2
π 1.1π
-
−.9π −.3π 0 .2π .4π .6π 1.7π 2π ω̂
(c) Now we can write x 2 [n] = (−1) n x[n] = e jπn x[n] and we see that by the same process as in part (b), each of the original
frequencies will be increased by π radians. If we choose the alias frequencies that are in the range 0 ≤ ω̂ < 2π, we can
write
Therefore the spectrum plot is that of part (a) shifted to the right by π radians.
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 8. DFT
−7 j 7j −7 j
3 3
2 2 2
π 1.2π
-
−π −.8π −.3π 0 .3π .8π 1.7π 2π ω̂
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 8. DFT
Since 7 and 3 have no common factors, the period is N = 20 and the fundamental frequency is ω̂0 = 2π/20.
(b) x[n] = 2e−j0.5π e j (2π/20)3n + 2e j0.5π e−j (2π/20)3n + 3e j (2π/20)7n + 3e−j (2π/20)7n
(c) From the answer to part (b), the DFS coefficients are c3 = 2e−j0.5π , c−3 = 2e j0.5π , c7 = 3, c−7 = 3.
3 3 3 3
2j −2 j 2j −2 j
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
.3π ω̂
-
a
−π
t
−.7π −.3π
py
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
Dashed lines are aliases of the frequencies in the range −π < ω̂ ≤ π.
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 8. DFT
sin(4ω̂) −j ω̂7/2
(a) The frequency response of this filter is H (e j ω̂ ) = e . The zeros of this function are at frequencies where
sin(ω̂/2)
4ω̂ = πr where r is an integer; i.e., where ω̂ = 0.25π, 0.5π, 0.75π, π. The equivalent values of DFT index k are when
(2π/N )k = 0.25πr or k = Nr/8. For N = 512, these values are multiples of 64.
Problem 8.14
8
6
Magnitude
0
0 32 64 96 128 160 192 224 256
pi/2
s
w
ng
Phase (rad)
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
−pi/2
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
−pi
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
(b) Note that the given frequencies are all multiples of 0.25π so all the frequencies except DC fall at the zeros of H (e j ω̂ ).
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
Therefore, these frequencies do not appear in the output. The gain of the filter at ω̂ = 0 is H (e j0 ) = 8, so the output
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
is y[n] = 3(8) = 24 for all n. You can pick all these values off the plot, or evaluate H (e j ω̂ ) at individual frequencies
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
with freqz.
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 8. DFT
(a) We have two constraints. To avoid aliasing we need 2(1000) < f s . To meet the frequency spacing condition, we need
f s /N ≤ 5, where N = 2ν .
The combined constraints are given by 2000 < f s ≤ 5 · 2ν , or equivalently 400 < f s /5 ≤ ·2ν .
Thus we require N = 512 = 29 . If we fix N at 512, the condition on f s is 2000 < f s ≤ 2560 Hz.
(b) As discussed in Section 8-7.4.1, the width of the main lobe of the Hann and Hamming windows is approximately
∆ω̂ = 8π/L where L is the window length. Therefore, for L = N/2 = 256, we should expect a main lobe width of
about 8π/256 = π/32 rad. This is equivalent to analog radian frequency of ∆ω = (π/32) f s or using analog frequency
in hertz, ∆ f = f s /64.
Using the constraints on f s obtained in part (a), we get 2000/64 < ∆ f ≤ 2560/64, or 31.25 < ∆ f ≤ 40.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 8. DFT
(a) Here’s a Matlab plot of the ideal spectrogram. A sketch should look like this.
Problem 8-16a: Ideal Spectrogram
2000
1800
1600
1400
frequency
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2
time axis
(b) The width of the main lobe of the DTFT of the Hann window is approximately ∆ω̂ = 8π/L, where L is the window
length. Therefore the normalized main lobe width for the L = 200 window is ∆ω̂ = 0.04π. In terms of analog
s
w
ng
cyclic frequency, this would be equivalent to ∆ f = ∆ω̂ f s /(2π) = 0.04π8000/(2π) = 160 Hz. Thus, the spectrogram
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
sketch should show bars about 160 Hz wide and there should be blurred regions of approximately 200 samples (or
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
equivalently, 200/8000 = 0.025 s) duration at the beginning and end of each sinusoidal component. The following is a
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
en
g
he
2000
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
1800
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
1600
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
1400
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
frequency
Th
rt
1200
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
1000
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
800
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
600
de
ill
w
400
200
0
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2
time axis
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 8. DFT
Note that there are 8 equal duration notes in (approximately) 2 seconds of time. Therefore, each note has duration
2/8 s or 250 ms.
600
550
500
450
Frequency (Hz)
400
350
300
250
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
200
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
Time (s)
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
Figure P-8.17
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 8. DFT
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 8. DFT
(a) The Hamming window has a main lobe width of approximately ∆ω̂ = 8π/L, where L is the window length. For the
given parameters, this would give a main lobe width equivalent to ∆ f = 4 f s /L = 4(8000)/256 = 125 Hz. Thus, two
sinusoids whose frequencies are farther apart than 125 Hz will show up as two distinct peaks, but if the two frequencies
are closer that 125 Hz they will tend to blend together in the spectrum.
(b) The window length is equivalent to 256/8000 =32 ms so if there are abrupt changes in the waveform, the spectral
characteristics will look blurred over approximately 32 ms around the abrupt change.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 8. DFT
(a) The Hamming window has a main lobe width of approximately ∆ω̂ = 8π/L, where L is the window length. In terms
of analog cyclic frequency this corresponds to ∆ f = 4 f s /L, where L is the window length. For the given parameters,
we want 40000/L = 250 or L = 160.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
Figure 8-1: Solution for Problem 8-20.
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 8. DFT
(a) The notes are in the octave above A-440, so the frequencies are given by the equation f = 440(2n/12 ) with n =
0, 1, . . . , 12 covering one octave from A-440 to A-880. Here are the notes and their theoretical frequencies. (Subscript
denotes octave number.)
note A4 B4 [ B4 C5 C5 ] D5 D5 ] E5 F5 F5 ] G5 G5 ] A5
f 440 466 494 523 554 587 622 659 698 740 784 831 880
Now the first 9 notes of Für Elise are { E5 , D5 ], E5 , D5 ], E5 , B4 , D5 , C5 , A4 }. Therefore, the theoretical frequencies
for the first nine notes are { 659, 622, 659, 622, 659, 494, 587, 523, 440 }.
Spectrogram of Fur Elise (9 notes), L D 1000; fs D 8 kHz
800
750
700
650 E
600
D
Frequency (Hz)
550
C
s
500 B w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
450
W
A
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
400
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
350
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
E
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
300
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
250
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
200
or
is
w
s
w
ed
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
Time (s)
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
(b) The spectrogram in the figure above is marked with the true frequencies. Observe that the passage of interest starts
an
in
r
e
of
ei
at t = 6.4 s (approximately). It is difficult to obtain very accurate estimates of the frequencies by measuring on the
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
spectrogram because the spectral peaks have a width of about 10 Hz. However, careful examination of the figure above
de
ill
confirms that the theoretical note frequencies are close to the center of the spectral peaks.
w
(c) Observe that the passage of interest starts at t = 6.4 s (approximately). From the score in Fig. 3-22, the first eight notes
are 16th notes while note nine is an eighth note, which should have twice the duration.
The first five notes are easy to distinguish, but overlap in time due to the sliding window of the spectrogram. Their total
duration is 7.7 − 6.4 = 1.3 s, so each 16th note has a duration of approximately 0.26 s. The sixth note (B4 ) appears
shorter (≈ 0.15 s), but might be softer so its second half is hard to see; likewise, for note eight (C5 ). The seventh note
(D5 ) is barely visible, but there is evidence of a spectral peak in the 0.2 s gap between B4 and C5 . The ninth note (A4 )
is easy to distinguish, and its duration seems a bit longer (≈ 0.3 s), but not twice as long.
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 8. DFT
(a) From the spectrogram it appears that ω̂0 = 0.7π and ω̂1 = 0.75π. To estimate the chirp parameter α, recall that the
instantaneous frequency is ω̂i [n] = 2αn. From the spectrogram we see that ω̂i [n] starts at 0 and increases linearly to
ω̂i [2000] = 0.5π = 2α(2000). Therefore, α = π/8000.
(b) The Hann window has a main lobe width of approximately ∆ω̂ = 8π/L, where L is the window length. Thus, if we
multiply the window length by 4, we divide the main lobe width by 4. Thus, the spectrogram with L = 400 will like
Fig. ?? except that the bars will be much narrower—they will have 1/4 the width.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
Chapter 9
z -Transform
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
180
© 2016 Pearson Education, Inc., Hoboken, NJ. All rights reserved. This material is protected under all copyright laws as they currently
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 9. z-TRANSFORM
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 9. z-TRANSFORM
where H (z) = 1 − z −1 is the z-transform of h[n] = δ[n] − δ[n − 1], the impulse response of the system.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 9. z-TRANSFORM
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 9. z-TRANSFORM
0.5
Imaginary Part
2
0
-0.5
-1
-1 -0.5 0 0.5 1
Real Part
ng
la
0.2π
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
0.1
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
0
rld
c
i
at
.D
−π π
ru
.
st
ed
ng
W
5
in
d
H(ej ω̂ )
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
0
g
he
no
in
ud
d
6
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
-5
(
l
le
si
pr
or
or
is
w
s
(d)
w
ed
ω̂
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
(e) For this we need the frequency response evaluated at ω̂ = 0, π/4, 2π/3.
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 9. z-TRANSFORM
(b) There are five poles at z = 0 and the five zeros are at z = −1, ± j0.9, and e±j2π/3 .
0.5
Imaginary Part
5
0
-0.5
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
-1
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
Real Part
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
These frequencies are the angles of the zeros that are on the unit circle; i.e., (1 + z −1 ) = 0, (1 − e j2π/3 z −1 ) = 0 and
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
(1 − e−j2π/3 z −1 ) = 0, or ω̂ = π, ±2π/3.
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 9. z-TRANSFORM
(a)
(b)
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
(c) y[n] = 1
12 (x[n] + 2x[n − 1] + 3x[n − 2] + 3x[n − 3] + 2x[n − 4] + x[n − 5]) rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
Clearly, the samples are not weighted equally although the sum of the weights (coefficients) is equal to one.
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
(d) There are five poles at z = 0, and the five zeros are at z = −1, ± j, and e±j2π/3
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
1
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
0.5
Imaginary Part
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
5
y
l
sa
0
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
-0.5
-1
-1 -0.5 0 0.5 1
Real Part
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 9. z-TRANSFORM
>> z=roots([1,-.5,.5,-1])
z =
1.0000
-0.2500 + 0.9682i
-0.2500 - 0.9682i
>> magz=abs(z)
magz =
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
>> angz=angle(z)/pi
angz =
0
0.5804
-0.5804
Thus, the zeros are at z = 1, e±j0.5804π and there is one pole at z = 0 for each of the zeros.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
0.5
st
ed
ng
W
Imaginary Part
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
3
en
g
he
no
0
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
-0.5
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
-1
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
0
th
-1 -0.5 0.5 1
e
y
l
sa
ro
Real Part
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 9. z-TRANSFORM
4 4
X X 1 − (−z −1 ) 5 1 + z −5 z5 + 1
(b) H (z) = (−1) z k −k
= (−1z −1 ) k = = =
k=0 k=0
1 − (−z −1 ) 1 + z −1 z 4 (z + 1)
(c) Plot the poles and zeros of H (z) in the complex z-plane.
0.5
Imaginary Part
4
0
s
-0.5 w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
-1 em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
-1 -0.5 0 0.5 1
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
Real Part
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
1 + e−j ω̂5
ud
d
cos(ω̂2.5)
ud
rt
te
is
st
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
1+e ω̂ cos(ω̂/2)
(
l
−j
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
(e) Sketch of the frequency response (magnitude and phase) , or Matlab plot.
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
6
th
th
e
|H(ej ω̂ )|
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
4
ill
w
0
−π −0.6π −0.2π 0 0.2π 0.6π π
5
H(ej ω̂ )
0
6
-5
−π −0.6π −0.2π 0 0.2π 0.6π π
ω̂
Figure P-9.8
(f) We need the frequency response evaluated at ω̂ = 0, 0.5π, 0.6π. These values are H (e j ω̂ ) = 1, 1, 0.
Therefore, y[n] = 5 + 4 cos(0.5πn).
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 9. z-TRANSFORM
(a) H (z) = (1 − z −1 ) 5
0.5
Imaginary Part
5 5
0
-0.5
-1
-1 -0.5 0 0.5 1
Real Part
s
(c) w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
5
H (e j ω̂ ) = (1 − e−j ω̂ ) 5 = e−j ω̂5/2 = 2e jπ/2 e−j ω̂/2 sin(ω̂/2)
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
(d)
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 9. z-TRANSFORM
(a) We can find N1 as the lowest power of z −1 of the product X (z)H (z). That will be N1 = 0 + 6 = 6. Similarly, N2 is the
highest power of z −1 if the product X (z)H (z). That is N2 = 9 + 9 = 18.
(b) Again, we can use the polynomials of X (z) and H (z) to get the answer. y[6] is the product of the coefficients of the
two lowest order terms or y[6] = 2 × 1 = 2. Similarly, y[18] is the product of the coefficients of the highest order
terms, or y[18] = −1 × 3 = −3.
(c) y[n] = 2δ[n − 6] − 4δ[n − 7] + 8δ[n − 8] + δ[n − 9] − 6δ[n − 10] + 12δ[n − 11] − 11δ[n − 12]
+16δ[n − 13] − 32δ[n − 14] + 11δ[n − 15] − 6δ[n − 16] + 12δ[n − 17] − 3δ[n − 18]
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 9. z-TRANSFORM
(b) To solve this part we need the frequency response evaluated at ω̂ = π/6. That is,
sin(ω̂3/2)
H (e j ω̂ ) = 1 + e−j ω̂ + e−j ω̂2 = e−j ω̂
sin(ω̂/2)
so H (e jπ/6 ) = 2.7321e−jπ/6 and, therefore, the formula for the steady-state output is
(c) omega = 2*pi/3 gives zero for the steady-state output after n ≥ 2. (Until the last two samples.)
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 9. z-TRANSFORM
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 9. z-TRANSFORM
We should find the output as the sum of the response to DC plus the response to an impulse of size -70 plus the re-
sponse to the sinusoid of frequency 0.5π. We need the impulse response and the frequency response function to do
this.
From H (z) in expanded form, h[n] = δ[n] − 5δ[n − 2] + 4δ[n − 4] and
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 9. z-TRANSFORM
After sampling, we get the sequence x[n] = 4+cos(1000πn/2000− π/4) −3 cos(500πn/2000). Thus, we need to evaluate the
frequency response at ω̂ = 0, π/2, π/4 to find the outputs due to each component of the input. These values are H (e j0 ) = 0,
H (e jπ/2 ) = 0, and H (e jπ/4 ) = 1.0824e jπ/8 . Therefore,
y[n] = −3(1.0824 cos(πn/4 + π/8) = 3.2472 cos(πn/4 − π + π/8) = 3.2472 cos(πn/4 − 2.7489)
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 9. z-TRANSFORM
(a) α = 4, β = 10
From H (z) we get H (e j ω̂ ) = 5(1 + .8e−j ω̂ + e−j ω̂2 . By factoring e−j ω̂ out and using the inverse Euler relation we get
H (e j ω̂ ) = e−j ω̂ (4 + 10 cos(ω̂))
(b) In the plot the DC value is +14, H (e jπ ) = −6, and H (e j ω̂ ) = 0 at ω̂ = 0.631π = 1.9823.
15
|H(ej ω̂ )|
10
0
−π −0.8π −0.6π −0.4π −0.2π 0 0.2π 0.4π 0.6π 0.8π π
2
H(ej ω̂ )
0
s
w
ng
6
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
-2
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
−π −0.8π −0.6π −0.4π −0.2π π
W
0 0.2π 0.4π 0.6π 0.8π
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
ω̂
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
Figure P-9.15
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(c) We want the system function to have the form H (z) = (1−e j ω̂0 z −1 )(1−e−j ω̂0 z −1 ) = 1−2 cos ω̂0 z −1 +z −2 . Therefore, we
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
must set b1 = −2 cos ω̂0 . The normalized frequency that we want to null is ω̂0 = 2π f 0 / f s = 2π(1600/8000) = 0.4π.
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 9. z-TRANSFORM
H (z)(1 − z −1 )(1 + z −1 )(1 − 0.8e jπ/4 z −1 )(1 − 0.8e−jπ/4 z −1 )(1 + e jπ/2 z −1 )(1 + e−jπ/2 z −1 )
0.5
Imaginary Part
6
0
-0.5
-1
-1 -0.5 0 0.5 1
s
w
ng
la
Real Part
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
Figure P-9.16
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
(b) To satisfy the condition, we must group the zeros at ±1 and e±jπ/2 together to form H1 (z) as in
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
H1 (z) = (1 − z −2 )(1 + z −2 ) = (1 − z −4 )
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
.
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
(c) y[n] is the output of H2 (z) when the input is y1 [n] so from H2 (z) we get
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 9. z-TRANSFORM
H (z) = A(1 − 0.8e jπ/3 z −1 )(1 − 0.8e−jπ/3 z −1 )(1 − 1.25e jπ/3 z −1 )(1 − 1.25e−jπ/3 z −1 )
= (1 − 0.8z −1 + 0.64z −2 )(1 − 1.25z −1 + 1.5625z −2 )
Clearly, when expanded out, the H (z) polynomial will be of the form
H (z) = A + . . . + A(0.8) 2 (1.25) 2 z −4 , so if h[0] = 7 then A = 7.
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
so A = 1.8141 and
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 9. z-TRANSFORM
(a) H (1) = b0 + b1 − b1 − b0 = 0
(b)
H (e j ω̂ ) = b0 + b1 e−j ω̂ − b1 e−j ω̂3 − b0 e−j ω̂4 = e−j ω̂2 (b0 e j ω̂2 + b1 e j ω̂ − b1 e−j ω̂ − b0 e−j ω̂2 )
= [2b0 sin(2ω̂) + 2b1 sin(ω̂)]e j (π/2−j ω̂ (from the inverse Euler formula)
(c)
H (z −1 ) = b0 + b1 z − b1 z 3 − b0 z 4 = z 4 (b0 z −4 + b1 z −3 − b1 z −1 − b0 )
= −z 4 H (z)
(d) In the general case with bk = −b M−k , the condition H (1/z) = −z M H (z) holds for M even or odd.
The frequency response has the form
M/2
H (e j ω̂ ) = 2e j (π/2−ω̂ M/2)
X
b M/2−k sin(ω̂k) M an even integer
s
w
ng
la
k=1
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
and
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
(M+1)/2
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
H (e j ω̂ ) = 2e j (π/2−ω̂ M/2)
X
in
d
e
te
M an odd integer
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
k=1
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 9. z-TRANSFORM
(c) H (z) = 1 + 2z −1 + 3z −2 + 4z −3 + 3z −4 + 2z −5 + z −6
so h[n] = δ[n] + 2δ[n − 1] + 3δ[n − 2] + 4δ[n − 3] + 3δ[n − 4] + 2δ[n − 5] + δ[n − 6]
(e) We can use the formula for the sum of N terms of a geometric series to write H1 (z), or H2 (z) as
1 − z −4
H1 (z) = H2 (z) = 1 + z −1 + z −2 + z −3 =
1 − z −1
(f) From part (e) we see that (1 + z −1 + z −2 + z −3 ) 2 so all the zeros at {−1, ± j} are double zeros, and there are six poles at
z = 0.
2
1
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
0.5 em
co
d
Imaginary Part
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
2 6
in
d
0 itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
-0.5
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
2
ed
k
as
or
-1
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
-1 -0.5 0 0.5 1
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
Real Part
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
Figure P-9.19
st
or
de
ill
w
!2
j ω̂ j ω̂ j ω̂ sin(2ω̂)
H (e ) = H1 (e )H2 (e )= e−j3ω̂
sin(ω̂/2)
Since the squared-term is nonnegative, it is the magnitude, and the system has linear phase with time delay equal to 3
samples. The sketch should approximate the Matlab plots of magnitude and phase shown below.
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 9. z-TRANSFORM
20
|H(ej ω̂ )|
s
w
ng
la
hi
10
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
0 rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
−π −0.8π −0.6π −0.4π −0.2π π
st
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
5
th
m
ar
ni
H(ej ω̂ )
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
0
g
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
6
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
-5
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
ω̂
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
Figure P-9.19
e
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
Chapter 10
IIR Filters
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
201
© 2016 Pearson Education, Inc., Hoboken, NJ. All rights reserved. This material is protected under all copyright laws as they currently
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
z −1
!
1
H (z) = = z −1 = G(z)z −1
1 − 0.9z −1 + 0.9z −2 1 − 0.9z −1 + 0.9z −2
The z −1 factored out suggests that the impulse response will be zero prior to n = 1. Then we can find the partial fraction
expansion of the rational function part and write G(z) as
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
which, by virtue of u[n − 1], is the desired formula showing h[n] being zero for n < 1 and being a decaying sinusoid for c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
n ≥ 1.
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
It should be noted that we could have made a partial fraction expansion of H (z) directly. The resulting inverse transform
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
would be a formula that is valid from n = 0 since the complex exponentials would be multiplied by u[n]. However, when the
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
5z −7
H (z) =
1 − 0.5z −1
Us the z-transform table and then the delay property,
4
h[n]
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
time index n
Figure P-10.3
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
The impulse response is h[n] = 5(0.5) n u[n], so the output for the given input is
20
10
y[n]
-10
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
time index n
Figure P-10.4
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
The easiest way to work this is to write the output in terms of shifted impulse responses as
To make y[n] = 0 for n ≥ 4, we need 1 + βa−2 + a−4 = 0. Solving this equation for β gives β = −(1 + a4 )/a2 , or for the
given value of a, β = −2.5. If you use this value of β, the output looks like the following
0
y[n]
-5
-10
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
time index n
s
Figure P-10.5 w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
−1 + 3z −1 − 2z −2
(a) The system function is H (z) =
1 − 13 z −1 − 21 z −2
The zeros are at z = 1, 2, and the poles at z = 0.8931, −0.5598
2
1
Imaginary Part
-1
-2
-2 -1 0 1 2
Real Part
−1 + 3z −1 + 2z −2 s
w
ng
la
(b) The system function is H (z) =
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
1 − 13 z −1 + 21 z −2
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
The zeros are now at z = 3.5616, −0.5616, and the poles at z = 0.7071e±j1.3329 .
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
4 itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
2
g
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
Imaginary Part
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
0
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
-2
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
-4
-4 -2 0 2 4
Real Part
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
−1 −z 2
H (z) = =
1 − 31 z −1 + 12 z −2 z 2 − 31 z + 1
2
−z −2 −1
H (z) = =
1− 1 −1
3z + 1 −2
2z z 2 − 31 z + 1
2
−z −4 −1
H (z) = =
s
w
ng
1− 1 −1
3z + 1 −2
2z z 2 (z 2 − 13 z + 21 )
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
=⇒Poles: z = 0.7071e±j1.3329, 0, 0 Zeros: z = ∞, ∞, ∞, ∞
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
In (c) there are four zeros at infinity balanced by two additional poles at the origin.
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
1 1 1
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
s
Imaginary Part
Imaginary Part
Part
rt
y
T
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
Imaginary
co
an
(2) (2)
in
r
0 0 0
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
-1 -1 -1
-1 0 1 -1 0 1 -1 0 1
Real Part Real Part Real Part
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
(a) By inspection,
1 z
H (z) = =
1+ 1 −1
2z z− 1
2
H (z) has a pole at z = − 12 and a zero at z = 0. The corresponding impulse response is h[n] = (−0.5) n u[n].
(b) Write the input as x[n] = δ[n] + δ[n − 2] + δ[n − 5]. Therefore, it follows that for this input the output is y[n] =
h[n] + h[n − 2] + h[n − 5]. If we substitute for h[n] we get
0 n<0
n = 0, 1
(−0.5) n
y[n] =
5(−0.5) n n = 2, 3, 4
−27(−0.5) n
n≥5
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
(a) By inspection,
1 1
H (z) = = √ √
1 + 0.8z −2
(1 − 0.8 e jπ/2 z −1 )(1 − 0.8 e−jπ/2 z −1 )
z2
= √ √
(z − 0.8 e jπ/2 )(z − 0.8 e−jπ/2 )
√
Zeros at z = 0, 0 and poles at z = 0.8 e±jπ/2 .
(b) To find the output for the given input, determine the impulse response.
1 0.5 0.5
H (z) = = √ + √
1 + 0.8z −2 1 − 0.8 e jπ/2 z −1 1 − 0.8 e−jπ/2 z −1
so
n n √ n
0.8 e−jπ/2 u[n] = 0.8 cos( π2 n)u[n]
√ √
h[n] = 1
2 0.8 e jπ/2 u[n] + 1
2
Note: h[n] = 0 for n even, which could have been predicted from the fact that the initial H (z) has only z −2 in the w
s
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
denominator—an even power. ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
Therefore,
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
√ n √ n−1
en
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
√ n−2 √ n−3
(
l
si
pr
+ 4 0.8
k
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
(a) By inspection,
1 z5
H (z) = =
1 − 0.97z −5 z 5 − 0.97
(b) There are 5 zeros at z = 0, and the poles are at the 5th roots of 0.97, zk = (0.97) 0.2 e j2πk/5 = (0.9939)e j2πk/5 .
0.5
Imaginary Part
5
0
-0.5
-1
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
-1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
Real Part em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
Figure P-10.11 o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
1
or
or
is
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
1 − 0.97z −5
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
If we choose β = −0.97 and p = 5, we get Y (z) = 1 or y[n] = δ[n], which satisfies the condition y[n] = 0 for n ≥ 5.
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
(c) Using the delay property, ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
(a) Using residuez or hand calculation, determine the partial fraction expansion of H (z) as
1 − z −1 −0.6 1.6
X a (z) = = +
(1 − 1 −1
2 z )(1 + 1 −1
3z ) 1− 1 −1
2z 1 + 13 z −1
Therefore,
1 + z −2
X b (z) =
(1 − 0.9e j2π/3 z −1 )(1 − 0.9e−j2π/3 z −1 )
0.6556e j1.7506 0.6556e−j1.7506
= 1.2346 + +
1 − 0.9e j2π/3 z −1 1 − 0.9e−j2π/3 z −1
Now the inverse z-transform is by table look up,
s
w
ng
x b [n] = 1.2346 δ[n] + 0.6556e j1.7506 (0.9e j2π/3 ) n u[n] + 0.6556e−j1.7506 (0.9e−j2π/3 ) n u[n]
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
= 1.2346 δ[n] + 1.3112(0.9) n cos((2π/3)n + 1.7506)u[n]
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
1 + z −1
g
−0.1176
he
1.1176
no
in
ud
d
X c (z) = = +
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
1
(a) By inspection, H (z) = . Therefore,
1 − 12 z −1
!
1 1 −1 2
Y (z) = H (z)X (z) = * +
−1
= +
1 −1
,1 − 2 z - 1 − z
1
1 − 2z −1 1 − z −1
1 1
1 −jπ/4
1 − 2e
!
1 1 jπ/4
Y (z) = H (z)X (z) = * + = 1 − 2e +
1 −1
,1 − 2 z - 1 − e
jπ/4 z −1 1 −1
1 − 2z 1 − e jπ/4 z −1
!
1 1
Therefore, y[n] = jπ/4
( 12 ) n u[n] + * 1
+ e j (π/4)n u[n]
1 − 2e , 1 − 2{ze −jπ/4
| }-
H (e j π /4 )
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
1 ea
rig
W
a
t
py
e
em
co
1 −j ω̂
d
s
1−
i
2e
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
!
itt
ni
1
te
of
th
m
ar
er
e
le
on
U
us
1 − 2e jπ/4 2
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
| {z }
in
ud
d
steady state
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
1 − 0.1756z −1 − 0.1756z −2 + z −3
(a) Multiply out the factors in numerator and denominator: H (z) =
1 + 0.4944z −1 + 0.64z −2
Therefore, the difference equation is
(b) Get the poles and zeros from the given factored form of H (z); then plot in the complex z-plane.
0.5
Imaginary Part
-0.5
s
w
ng
la
-1
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
-1 -0.5 0 0.5 em
1
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
Figure P-10.16
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
(c) H (z) has zeros on the unit circle at ω̂ = 0 and ω̂ = ±0.3π. Therefore, any complex exponential with one of these
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
(A) #2
(B) #4
(C) #1
(D) #6
(E) #3
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
1 − 2 cos(π/3)z −1 + z −2 1 − z −1 + z −2
H (z) = =
1 − 2r cos(π/3)z −1 + r 2 z −2 1 − r z −1 + r 2 z −2
Therefore, the difference equation is y[n] = r y[n − 1] − r 2 y[n − 2] + x[n] − x[n − 1] + x[n − 2].
(b) Plot the poles and zeros of H (z) for the case r = 0.9. Angles to poles and zeros are ±π/3.
1
0.5
Imaginary Part
-0.5
-1
-1 -0.5 0 0.5 1
Real Part
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
(c) Magnitude of the frequency response plotted for the case r = 0.9. Notches are at ±π/3.
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
1.5
r
ss
to
es
rld
|H(ej ω̂ )|
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
1 itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
0.5
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
0
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
ω̂
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
(d) The notches get sharper and the magnitude at other frequencies approaches 1.
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
(e) Frequency = Angle. Change the angle of the poles and zeros from π/3 to whatever frequency is desired.
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
(J) #6
(K) #5
(L) #4
(M) #2
(N) #3
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
−0.8 + z −1 z − 1.25
(a) H (z) = −1
= (−0.8)
1 − 0.8z z − 0.8
(b) The pole is at 0.8 and the zero is at 1.25 = 1/0.8.
(−0.8 + e−j ω̂ )(−0.8 + e j ω̂ ) 1.64 − 1.6 cos(ω̂)
(c) |H (e j ω̂ )| 2 = H (e j ω̂ )H ∗ (e j ω̂ ) = = =1
(1 − 0.8e−j ω̂ )(1 − 0.8e j ω̂ ) 1.64 − 1.6 cos(ω̂)
(d) This results because the magnitude response is unity for all ω̂. Only the phases will change.
(e) By evaluating H (e j ω̂ ) at the two frequencies (with Matlab), we get ϕ1 = −2.4826 and ϕ2 = −3.0285.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
so we need to evaluate the frequency response at ω̂ = 0, 0.3π, 0.15π. The frequency response is obtained by substituting
z = e j ω̂ into the expression for H (z) and then evaluating at the required frequencies.
Since H (z) has zeros on the unit circle at ω̂ = ±0.3π, the component at that frequency is nulled out. Therefore, the
output of the LTI system is
Now use the sampling frequency to write the output of the D-to-C converter as
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
0.5
Imaginary Part
-0.5
-1
-1 -0.5 0 0.5 1
Real Part
(b) The frequency response is constant for all ω̂ at (1.25) 2 = 1.5625. The vector lengths should cancel out to a constant.
1.5625
|H(ej ω̂ )|
s
w
ng
la
1.5625
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
1.5625 rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
π
o
−π
St
0
.
-5 5
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
ω̂
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
(c) The zeros of an all-pass filter are at reciprocals of the poles, so the angle stays the same but the radius of the zeros
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
(1 + z −2 ) (1 + z −2 )
H (z) = =
(1 − 0.9z −1 )(1 + 0.5z −1 ) 1 − 0.4z −1 − 0.45z −2
Therefore, the difference equation is y[n] = 0.4y[n − 1] + 0.45y[n − 2] + x[n] + x[n − 2].
0.5
Imaginary Part
-0.5
s
-1 w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
-1 -0.5 0 0.5 1
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
Real Part
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
(c) The pole at z = 0.9 dominates around ω̂ = 0 and the zeros pull down the frequency response around ω̂ = ±π/2. The
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
pole at z = −0.5 is symmetrical with the other pole, but much farther away from the unit circle. Therefore the maximum
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
value occurs at ω̂ = 0.
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
The estimate of the maximum value is obtained as the ratio of the product of the lengths of the vectors from the
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
√ 2 to z = 1 divided by the product of the lengths of the vectors from the poles to z = 1. The maximum value is
id
hi
th
w
zeros
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
(d) At ω̂ = ±π/2, |H (e j ω̂ )| = 0.
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
10 + 5z −1
! !
3 15 15z
(a) H (z) = H1 (z)H2 (z) = = =
2+z −1 1 − 0.7z −1 1 − 0.7z −1 z − 0.7
Therefore, H (z) has a zero at z = 0 and a single pole at z = 0.7.
1 + 21 z −1
(b) Since H1 (z) = , it follows that
1 − 12 z −1
3z −1 (1 + 12 z −1 ) 3z −1 + 23 z −2
H (z) = =
(1 − 12 z −1 )(1 − 56 z −1 + 16 z −2 ) 1 − 34 z −1 + 7 −2
12 z − 1 −3
12 z
(d) For the systems in (b), plot the poles and zeros of H (z) in the complex z-plane.
s
w
ng
0.5
Imaginary Part
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
2 em
co
d
s
i
0
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
-0.5
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
-1
g
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
-1 -0.5 0 0.5 1
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
Real Part
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
Figure P-10.26
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
(a) Since we require H (z) = H1 (z)H2 (z) = 1 for the output to equal the input, then H2 (z) = 1/H1 (z).
1 1
H2 (z) = =
H1 (z) 1 − 34 z −1
(c) Since the poles of H2 (z) must be the zeros of H1 (z), both the poles and the zeros of H1 (z) must be inside the unit
circle of the z-plane.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
(a) Here is a stem plot of y[n] versus n, over the range 0 ≤ n ≤ 10.
y[n] 1
-1
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
time index n
Figure P-10.28
(b) We need to find a system whose impulse response is h[n] = (0.95) n cos(0.2πn + 0.4π)u[n]. Do this by finding the
corresponding system function, writing it as a ratio of polynomials in z −1 , and picking off the coefficients of the
corresponding difference equation.
First write h[n] as
s
w
ng
h[n] = 21 e j0.4π (.95e j0.2π ) n u[n] + 21 e−j0.4π (.95e−j0.2π ) n u[n]
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
The corresponding z-transform is
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
1 j0.4π 1 −j0.4π
in
d
2e 2e itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
H (z) = +
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
1− 1−
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
If we put this over a common denominator and collect terms using the inverse Euler formula, we get
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
hi
th
w
H (z) = =
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
b0
(a) H3 (z) =
1 − a1 z −1 − a2 z −2 − a3 z −3
(b) In general, the system function overall is
14z −1 (1 − z −2 )(1 + 12 z −1 )
H (z) =
1 − 21 z −1 − 12 z −2
(c) From the given information, we want H (z) = 8z −nd . Since we have a third-order polynomial in both the numerator
and denominator, we just need to adjust the coefficients of the denominator so that the two polynomials are identical
and therefore cancel. The required values are
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
b0 = 4 a1 = − 12 a2 = 1 a3 = 1
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
2 em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 10. IIR FILTERS
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
Appendix A
Complex Numbers
A-1 Problems
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
232
© 2016 Pearson Education, Inc., Hoboken, NJ. All rights reserved. This material is protected under all copyright laws as they currently
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX A. COMPLEX NUMBERS
√ j3π/4
(c) Cartesian: z = −1 + j; Polar: 2e = 2 |{z}
∠135◦
θ
ng
{z la
hi
θ
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX A. COMPLEX NUMBERS
√ j (3π/4) √
(a) 2e = 2(cos(3π/4) + j sin(3π/4) ) = −1 + j
| {z } | {z }
√ √
=− 2/2 = 2/2
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
|{z}
th
m
ar
ni
1260◦
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX A. COMPLEX NUMBERS
(a) j 3 = j ( j) 2 = j (−1) = − j = 0 − j
n +1
n even
(b) j 2n = j 2 = (−1) n =
−1 (n an integer)
n odd
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX A. COMPLEX NUMBERS
ng
la
hi
√
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
−4e−jπ/6 = −4 3/2 + j2
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
( ) ( ) ( ) o
St
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX A. COMPLEX NUMBERS
(b) z22 = (1 − j) 2 = 1 − 2 j + (− j) 2 = 1 − 2 j = 1 = −2 j
√ 2
or, in polar form: z22 = 2e−jπ/4 = 2e−jπ/2 = − j2
(d) j z2 = j (1 − j) = j − j ( j) = j + 1 = 1 + j
√ √
or, in polar form: e jπ/2 2e−jπ/4 = 2e jπ/4
(Angle is 0.785 rad, or 45◦ )
s
w
ng
(e) Use polar form: z1−1 = 1/(5e j0.795π ) = 0.2e−j0.795π
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
√ √
t
py
in
in
e
em
(f) Use polar form: z1 /z2 = (5e j0.795π )/( 2e−jπ/4 ) = (5 2/2)e j1.045π = 3.54e−j0.955π
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
cl
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
√ √
s
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
(i) Use polar form: z1 z2 = (5e j0.795π )/( 2e−jπ/4 ) = 5 2e j0.454π = 7.07e j1.713 (98.13◦ )
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX A. COMPLEX NUMBERS
z1 = e j9π/3 = e j3π = −1 + j0
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX A. COMPLEX NUMBERS
(a) z = −3 + j4 = 5 e j0.705π
(c) z = −5 + j13
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX A. COMPLEX NUMBERS
There are four different answers shown as the four vectors below:
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX A. COMPLEX NUMBERS
* 1−j2π/N
z0N −1 = e j2π (N −1)/N = e j2π (N )/N e j2π (−1)/N =
e j2π
e
−1
z0N −1 = e−j2π/N = e j2π/N = z0−1 = 1/z0
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX A. COMPLEX NUMBERS
1
when ` is even
Because e jπ` =
e jπ
when ` is odd
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX A. COMPLEX NUMBERS
z3 = e j5π/6 = e j2.618
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX A. COMPLEX NUMBERS
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX A. COMPLEX NUMBERS
Approach: Express the right-hand side (RHS) in Cartesian form using Euler’s formula. Then cross multiply by the LHS
denominator to get a single complex-valued equation.
√
p = 200 + jq (0.08) −0.5 + j 3/2
The real and imaginary parts yield two (linear) equations in the two unknowns, p and q. One of these equations has only p,
or only q, so solve it and then substitute into the other equation.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX A. COMPLEX NUMBERS
e jπt 1.5
Definite integral is
jπ 1
√
2 −j3π/4
re jθ = e = 0.4502 e−j2.3562 .
π
Approach: The integral of an exponential is an exponential, but you end up with a j in the denominator because the exponent
contains a j. After evaluating at the limits of the definite integral, the numerator contains a complex number. Finally, convert
the complex numerator-denominator into polar form with a calculator.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
Appendix C
Fourier Series
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
247
© 2016 Pearson Education, Inc., Hoboken, NJ. All rights reserved. This material is protected under all copyright laws as they currently
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX C. FOURIER SERIES
(a) Sketch the periodic function x(t) over the time interval −2T0 < t < 2T0 for the case t c = T0 /4.
x(t)
T0 /2
Z Ztc /2
1 1 2t c
(b) a0 = x(t)dt = dt =
T0 T0 T0
−T0 /2 −tc /2
(c) Determine a formula for the Fourier series coefficients ak in the finite Fourier representation (??). Your final result
should depend on t c and T0 .
T0 /2 Ztc /2
sin((2πt c /T0 )k)
Z
1 1
ak = x(t)e −j (2π/T0 )kt
dt = e−j (2π/T0 )kt dt = k = ±1, ±2, . . .
T0 T0 πk
s
w
ng
−T0 /2 −tc /2
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
(d) See plot below
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ak
ed
ng
W
(d)
in
d
tc = T0 /4 itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
1
tp
t
by
en
4
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
0
y
f
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
ak
l
(e)
sa
ro
tc = T0 /10
st
or
de
ill
1
w
10
(f) We see by comparing the figures that the high-frequency components get bigger relative to the DC component as t c
decreases. That is, very narrow pulses require much more bandwidth for an accurate representation by a finite Fourier
series.
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX C. FOURIER SERIES
x(t)
−T0 − 21 T0 1
2 T0 T0 t
−1
Figure P-C.2
Z0 T0 /2
Z T0 /2
Z T0 /2
Z
1 1 1 1
(b) a0 = x(t)dt + x(t)dt = x(τ + T0 /2)dτ + x(t)dt = 0
T0 T0 T0 T0
−T0 /2
s
0 0 0
w
ng
la
hi
where we have made the substitution t = T0 /2 + τ in the first integral.
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
(c) The same manipulation can be made on the general Fourier series coefficient integral.
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
T0 /2 itt
ni
e
te
Z0
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
Z
e
le
1 1
on
U
us
tp
ak = −j (2π/T0 )kt
dt + x(t)e−j (2π/T0 )kt dt
t
by
en
x(t)e
g
he
no
in
ud
d
T0 T0
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
−T0 /2
d
te
in
0
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
T0 /2 T0 /2
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
Z Z
1 1
or
hi
=
th
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
T0 T0
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
0 0
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
0 k even
sa
ro
T0 /2
st
or
T0 /2
de
Z
1
= x(t)(1 − e−jπk )e−j (2π/T0 )kt dt =
ill
Z
2
w
T0
x(t)e−j (2π/T0 )kt dt k odd
0 T0
0
Thus, when we have half-wave symmetry, the odd-indexed coefficients can be found by integrating over only half the
period.
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX C. FOURIER SERIES
4+t −4 ≤ t < 0
(
(a) x(t) =
0 0≤t<4
(b) Here is a plot of x(t) over the range −8 ≤ t ≤ 8 s.
x(t)
−8 −4 4 8 t
Figure P-C.3
hi
)
n
ht
eb
8 8
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX C. FOURIER SERIES
(a) A sketch of the periodic function x(t) over the time interval −10 ≤ t ≤ 20.
x(t)
−10 −5 5 10 t
Figure P-C.4
ng
(c) a1 = 2e−j (2π/10)t dt = (e−j (2π/10)10 − e−j (2π/10)5 ) = j/π
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
10 −10 j (2π/10) ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
5 em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX C. FOURIER SERIES
3
(a) Because each of the terms ak e jkt = e jkt is paired with its complex conjugate ak∗ e−jkt giving a real function of
2 + jk
t.
− j1.5
4 ≤ k ≤ 10
2 + j (k − 7)
where bk = j1.5
−10 ≤ k ≤ −4
2 + j (k + 7)
0 otherwise
Note that b−k = bk as required for real x(t).
∗
b−7 b7
s
b−8 b−6 b6 w b8
ng
la
b−5
hi
b−9 b5 b9
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
b−10 b−4
rig
b4 b10
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
−10 −4
te
−7 0 4 7 10 ω
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
Figure P-C.5
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX C. FOURIER SERIES
j5 j5
(a) Define ak = . Each of the terms ak e j8πkt = e j8πkt is paired with its complex conjugate
k + j1.5 k + j1.5
∗ − j5 −j8πkt j5
ak e j8πkt = e = e j8π (−k)t
k − j1.5 (−k) + j1.5
for k = 1, 2 giving a real function of t for the sum. Multiplying by cos(3πt) is still real.
(b) The frequencies in q(t) are ±5π, ±11π, ±13π, ±19π. Note that the frequencies ±3π have zero amplitude since a0 = 0.
The fundamental frequency is determined by the gcd of 5,11,13,19, which is 1, so ω0 = π.
(d) Table listing all the nonzero Fourier coefficients of the signal q(t).
ωk −19π −13π −11π −5π 5π 11π 13π 19π
bk a−2 /2 a−2 /2 a−1 /2 a−1 /2 a1 /2 a1 /2 a2 /2 a2 /2
j5
(e) Spectrum plot showing only the positive frequency components. Note: ak = .
k + j1.5
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
a2 /2 em a2 /2
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
a1 /2 a1 /2
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
0
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
Figure P-C.6
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX C. FOURIER SERIES
0.5
k=0
(a) ak = sin(πk/2)
k,0
πk
(b) Sketch of the waveform y(t).
Figure P-C.7
1
k=0
bk = 2ak e−j (2π/T0 )kT0 /2 = 2ak e−jπk =
sin(πk/2)
2e−jπk
k,0
πk
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
Note that both ak and bk are zero for k a nonzero even integer. This is because both x(t) − 12 and y(t) − 1 have half-wave
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
symmetry.
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX C. FOURIER SERIES
−8 −4 4 8 t
ng
la
hi
(d)
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
Z5 Z8
i
W
r
ss
to
es
i
at
.D
ru
ak = −j (2π/8)kt
dt + 3e−j (2π/8)kt dt = +
o
7e
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
0
le
5
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
no
in
4(1 − 4 sin(5πk/8)
ud
d
ud
rt
= = e−j5πk/8 = e−j5πk/8
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
πk
te
in
an
j2πk j2πk
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
(e) Clearly, every eighth coefficient is zero since sin(5πk/8) = 0 for k a multiple of 8.
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX C. FOURIER SERIES
The Fourier series coefficients for the half-wave rectified sine wave are:
1
k even
π(1 − k 2 )
ak = ∓ j/4
k = ±1
0
k odd and ≥ 3
The fundamental period is T0 = 0.02 s and therefore the fundamental frequency is f 0 = 1/0.02 = 50 Hz. Therefore the
spectrum is
1
π −j
4
−1
3π
−1 −1
15π −1 −1
35π 63π 99π
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
The Fourier series coefficients for the full-wave rectified sine wave are:
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
2
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
k even itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
π(1 − 4k 2 )
ni
er
e
le
on
U
ak =
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
2
ud
d
k=0
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
π
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
The fundamental period is T0 = T1 /2 = 0.01 s and therefore the fundamental frequency is f 0 = 1/0.01 = 100 Hz. The
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
2
ei
th
th
π
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
−2
3π
−2 −2
15π −2 −2
35π 63π 99π
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX C. FOURIER SERIES
(a) Sketch of q(t) = p(t/5). The period is T0 = 5 × 0.1 = 0.5s and the pulse width is 5 × 0.04 = 0.2s.
p(t)
1
Z.02 .02
1 e−j20πkt sin(0.4πk)
(b) ak = e−j20πkt dt = 10 =
.1 πk
− j20πk −.02
−.02
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
Z.1 c
tio
ea
rig
.1
W
a
e−j4πkt
t
py
in
1 sin(0.4πk)
in
e
em
bk = e−j4πkt dt = 2 =
co
d
s
i
W
r
.5 πk
ss
to
es
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
−.1
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
ZT0 ZT0
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
1 1
le
si
pr
or
or
is
w
s
T0 /α
w
ed
k
as
T0
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
0 0
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX C. FOURIER SERIES
(a) One-sided spectrum for x(t). The negative frequency components are complex conjugates.
j12
j6
j3
j2
0 3 6 12 18 f
Figure P-C.11
(b) Since 24 sin(6πt) = − j12e j6πt + j12e−j6πt it follows that the k = ±1 terms in x(t) are cancelled. Therefore, these
components of the spectrum are missing in the spectrum of y(t). All other components are the same as in the spectrum
of x(t).
s
w
ng
(c) The original 3 Hz fundamental is is not present. Now the fundamental is the gcd of 6, 12, 18 or f 0 = 6 Hz.
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
(d) For x(t) with f 0 = 3 Hz and the Fourier coefficients are em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
Thus y(t) has spectrum lines at {±6, ±12, ±18} hertz. The true fundamental frequency from the GCD is f 0 = 6 Hz.
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
With respect to 6 Hz the formula for x(t) consists of the first, second and third harmonics. The formula for the relabeled
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
Fourier coefficients is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
j6/k
s
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
bk = a2k =
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
0 elsewhere
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX C. FOURIER SERIES
(a) T0 = 4 s
Z−1 Z1
1 1
ak = 3e−jπkt/2 dt + 2te−jπkt/2 dt
4 4
−2 −1
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX C. FOURIER SERIES
(a) T0 = 100 s
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX C. FOURIER SERIES
(c) The signal x 2 (t) is the square wave since its Fourier series coefficients are
sin(πk/2)
ak = k = ±1, ±2, . . .
πk
which are zero at the even harmonics.
s
w
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
W
in
d
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX C. FOURIER SERIES
(a) First, the fundamental frequenty of s(t) = | sin(2πt)| is F0 = 2 Hz. The FWRC can be expressed as
so if ak denotes the Fourier coefficients of s(t), then the Fourier coefficients of x(t) are
i.e., we fill in the gaps in the HWRS by adding in a delayed version. Now if bk denotes the Fourier coefficients of the
HWRS, the additive and delay properties give us
ng
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
Note that the fundamental frequency of the HWRS x(t) is 1/T0 but when we delay and add a copy the resulting FWRS
in
e
em
co
d
s
i
W
r
has fundamental frequency 2/T0 . This is confirmed by observing that (1 + e−jπk )bk = 0 for k odd, which zeroes out
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
itt
ni
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
er
e
le
on
U
us
Since the odd harmonics are missing, the fundamental frequency is twice the fundamental of the HWRS. Thus, if we
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
reindex the coefficients, we get ak = b2k (1 + e−j2πk ) = 2b2k . Recall the Fourier coefficients of the HWRS given in
ud
rt
te
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
1
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
for k even
of
of
is
pr
π(1 − k 2 )
Th
rt
se
rit
is
pa
bk =
g
ur
d
te
for k = ±1
y
∓ j 14
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
0
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
2
ak = b2k =
π(1 − 4k 2 )
(c) Since (−1) k = e−jπk = e−j (2π/T0 )kT0 /2 , multiplying the Fourier coefficients by (−1) k is equivalent to delaying the
waveform by T0 /2. For the pulse wave with period 0.1s and pulse width 0.04s the plots are:
p(t)
1
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
APPENDIX C. FOURIER SERIES
(a) Sketch of the triangle wave x(t), and its derivative y(t) = d
dt x(t).
x(t)
1
−T0 − T20 0 T0 T0 T0 t
4 2
4
y(t) = dx(t)
dt
T0
−T0 − T20 0 T0 T0 t
2
Figure P-C.16
(c) The Fourier coefficients of the square wave of amplitude 4/T0 are
4 2 sin(πk/2) 8 sin(πk/2)
bk = = with b0 = 0
πk πkT0 s
w
ng
T0
la
hi
)
n
ht
eb
c
tio
ea
rig
W
a
t
py
in
in
e
em
co
d
(d) Using the derivative property, we can write
s
i
W
r
ss
to
es
rld
c
i
at
.D
ru
o
St
.
st
ed
ng
8 sin(πk/2) 4 sin(πk/2)
in
d
e
te
of
th
m
ar
ni
πkT0 π2 k 2
er
e
le
on
U
us
tp
t
by
en
g
he
no
in
ud
d
ud
rt
te
for k , 0. Note that a0 = 0, and thatt all even harmonics are zero since the triangle wave has half-wave symmetry.
is
st
c
fo
cl
d
te
in
an
y
n
o
(
l
le
si
pr
k
es
so
or
or
is
w
s
w
ed
k
as
or
e
id
hi
th
w
d
ov
t
an
of
of
is
pr
Th
rt
y
se
rit
is
pa
g
ur
d
te
y
an
co
an
in
r
e
of
ei
th
th
y
l
sa
ro
st
or
de
ill
w
exist. No portion of this material may be reproduced, in any form or by any means, without permission in writing from the publisher.
CHAPTER 3. SPECTRUM
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a) A single plot labeled with complex amplitudes is sufficient. The spectrum consists of the lines
{(400, 5e jπ/4 ), (−400, 5e− jπ/4 ), (600, 3.5e− jπ/3 ), (−600, 3.5e jπ/3 ), (800, 1.5), (−800, 1.5)}
where the frequencies are in Hz.
1.5 1.5
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
-
−800 −600 −400 0 400 600 800 f
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
(b) The signal x(t) is periodic with fundamental frequency 200 Hz or period 1/200 = 0.005 s since the gcd of
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
(c) The spectrum has the added components {(500, 2.5e jπ/2 ), (500, 2.5e− jπ/2 )}. Now we seek the gcd of {400, 500, 600, 800}
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
)
ω
-
0 2 4 6
eb
−6 −4 −2
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a) Determine a formula for x(t) as the real part of a sum of complex exponentials.
)
eb
−8 j
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
3 1
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
= sin(27πt) − sin(81πt)
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
(b) What is the fundamental period for x(t)?
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
The fundamental frequency is 27/2 so the fundamental period is 2/27.
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
The spectrum is {(27π, − j3/8), (−27π, j3/8), (81π, j/8), (−81π, − j/8)}, where the frequencies are in rad/s.
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
j3/8 − j3/8
− j/8 j/8
ω
-
−81π −27π 0 27π 81π
)
eb
er or in ing
0.316e j0.398π 0.316e− j0.398π
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
ω
-
−3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a) In this case we need to find the gcd of 36 and 84, which is 12. Thus, the fundamental frequency is ω0 = 1.2π rad/s.
(b) The fundamental period is T0 = 2π/ω0 = 1/0.6 = 5/3 s.
(c) The DC value is −7.
(d) The ak coefficients are nonzero for k = 0, ±3, ±7.
Here is the list of the nonzero Fourier series coefficients in a table.
)
k 0 3 7
eb
−7 −3
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
ak 3e− jπ/4 4e jπ/3 7e jπ 4e− jπ/3 3e jπ/4
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
Therefore, the real part is
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
x(t) = <{z(t)} = ( A + B) cos(2π f ∆ t) cos(2π f c t) + ( A − B) sin(2π f ∆ t) sin(2π f c t)
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
so C = A + B and D = A − B. If A = B = 1, C = 2 and D = 0, so using the trigonometric identity cos α cos β =
ity s w g us d S
1 1
2 cos(α − β) + 2 cos(α + β), it follows that
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
x(t) = 2 cos(2π f ∆ t) cos(2π f c t) = 2[ 12 cos(2π( f c − f ∆ )t) + 21 cos(2π( f c + f ∆ )t)]
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
2j 2j
th
j2π( f c + f ∆ )t
1 j2π( f c − f ∆ )t
− e− j2π( f c − f∆ )t + e− j2π( f c + f∆ )t
= −2 e −e
The spectrum is {(− f c − f ∆, −0.5), (− f c + f ∆, 0.5), ( f c − f ∆, 0.5), ( f c + f ∆, −0.5)}, and the plot is
−0.5 0.5 0.5 −0.5
−( f c + f ∆ ) ( fc + f∆)
-
− fc −( f c − f ∆ ) 0 ( fc − f∆) fc f
x(t) = 10 + 10e jπ/4 e j2π(100)t + 10e− jπ/4 e− j2π(100)t + 5e j2π(250)t + 5e− j2π (250)t
The gcd of 100 and 250 is 50 so f 0 = 50 and therefore N = 5. The nonzero Fourier coefficients are, therefore,
a−5 = 5, a−2 = 10e− jπ/4 , a0 = 10, a2 = 10e jπ/4 , and a5 = 5.
(b) The signal is periodic because all the frequencies are multiples of 50 Hz. Therefore, the fundamental period is
T0 = 1/50 = 0.02s.
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
(c) Here is the spectrum plot of this signal versus f in Hz.
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
10e− jπ/4 10 10e jπ/4
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
5 5
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
-
−250 −100 0 100 250 f
an his
T
th d
(a) Use phasors to show that x(t) can be expressed in the form
where ω1 < ω2 < ω3 ; i.e., find values of the parameters A1, A2, A3, ϕ1, ϕ2, ϕ3, ω1, ω2, ω3 .
)
eb
f g
x(t) = 12 − 3.5 je− jπ/3 e jπt + 3.5 je jπ/3 e− jπt 0.5e j13πt + .5e− j13πt
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
= 12 cos(13πt) − 1.75 je− jπ/3 (e j14πt + e− j12πt ) + 1.75 je jπ/3 (e j12πt + e− j14πt )
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
= 12 cos(13πt) + 1.75e− jπ/2 e− jπ/3 (e j14πt + e− j12πt ) + 1.75e jπ/2 e jπ/3 (e j12πt + e− j14πt )
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
= 12 cos(13πt) + 1.75e− j5π/6 e j14πt + 1.75e− j5π/6 e− j12πt + 1.75e j5π/6 e j12πt + 1.75e j5π/6 e− j14πt
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
= 12 cos(13πt) + 3.5 cos(14πt − 5π/6) + 3.5 cos(12πt + 5π/6)
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
The requested parameters are easily picked off from this equation.
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
(b) Sketch the two-sided spectrum of this signal on a frequency axis. Be sure to label important features of the plot.
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
12 12
th
ω
-
−14π −13π −12π 0 12π 13π 14π
(a) Assume without limitation that ω2 − ω1 > 0. For periodicity with period T0 we require that ω0 = 2π/T0 . This
means that k 1 ω0 = ω2 − ω1 and k 2 ω0 = ω2 + ω1 , where k1 and k 2 are integers and k 2 > k1 .
(b) Part (a) gives two equations for ω1 and ω2 . If we solve them in terms of ω0 we get ω1 = (k2 − k1 )ω0 /2 and
ω2 = (k2 + k 1 )ω0 /2, so the main condition is that both ω1 and ω2 are integer multiples of ω0 /2. This is the most
general condition.
Therefore, the relationship between ω2 and ω1 is
)
eb
k2 + k1
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
ω2 = ω1
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
k2 − k1
.
r
or ud a uc y
if x(t + T0 ) = x(t). Thus, ω2 could be an integer multiple of ω1 if k2 − k1 divides into k 2 + k1 with no remainder,
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
but that is not necessary for periodicity of x(t).
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a) The gcd of 40, 60, 120 is 20 so ω0 = 20π and the fundamental period is T0 = 2π/ω0 = 0.1s. The finite Fourier series
has components indexed by 0, ±2, ±3, ±6 so N = 6. The coefficients are a0 = 2, a±2 = 2e∓ jπ/5 , a±3 = 1.5e∓ jπ/2 ,
a±6 = 2e∓π/3
(b) The spectrum is
{(−120π, 2e jπ/3 ), (−60π, 1.5e jπ/2 ), (−40π, 2e jπ/5 ), . . .
(0, 2), (40π, 2e− jπ/5 ), (60π, 1.5e− jπ/2 ), (120π, 2e− jπ/3 )}
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
2
W
2e jπ/3 2e jπ/5 2e− jπ/5 2e− jπ/3
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
1.5e jπ/2 1.5e− jπ/2
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
ω
-
in o e r
(c) Now the fundamental frequency is 10π rad/s because the gcd of 20, 40, 50, and 120 is 10. Therefore, the period is
an his
T
d
T0 = 2π/10π = 1/5 = 0.2s. The spectrum is the same as in part (b) except there are two additional components at
th
(a) Make a table of the frequencies of the tones of the octave beginning with middle C, assuming that the A above
middle C is tuned to 440 Hz.
Note name C C# D E[ E F F#
Note number 40 41 42 43 44 45 46
Frequency 262 277 294 311 330 349 370
Note name F# G G# A B[ B C
Note number 46 47 48 49 50 51 52
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
370 392 415 440 466 494 523
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
Frequency
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
(b) The formula for the frequency f as a function of note number n is
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
f = 440 · 2(n−49)/12
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
k
{(−440, a3∗ ), (−370, a2∗ ), (−294, a1∗ ), (294, a1 ), (370, a2 ), (440, a3 )}
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
To sound like a musical chord, the coefficients should have similar magnitudes, but the phases could be arbitrarily
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
chosen. A chord from a real instrument would have overtones (higher harmonics) of each individual note.
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a) The frequency of the DC component is by definition 0. The waveform is periodic with period 25 ms so the frequency
is 1/0.025 = 40 Hz.
(b) The DC level is (20 − 10)/2 = 5, the amplitude of the cosine is (20 + 10)/2 = 15, and the cosine is delayed by
0.005 s, so
)
(c) x(t) = 5 + 7.5e j (80πt−0.4π) + 7.5e− j (80πt−0.4π) = 7.5e j0.4π e− j80πt + 5 + 7.5e− j0.4π e j80πt
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
(d) Plot of the two-sided spectrum of the signal x(t).
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
7.5e j0.4π 7.5e− j0.4π
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
5
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
ω
-
−80π 0 80π
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
(d) Note that the −20 ≤ 4 cos(70πt+π/4)+16 cos(100πt+π/3) ≤ 20 since the individual terms satisfy −4 ≤ 4 cos(70πt+
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
π/4) ≤ 4 and −16 ≤ 16 cos(100πt + π/3) ≤ 16. The value ±20 would be attained only if the phases of the two
.
r
or ud a uc y
cosines are such that 4 cos(70π(t − t 0 )) + 16 cos(100π(t − t 0 )).
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
0.5
)
eb
er or in ing
0.25e j0.2π 0.25e− j0.2π
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
ω
-
0 14π
of or stu e o tat
−14π
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
x(t) = 0.25e j0.2π e− j14πt + 0.5 + 0.25e− j0.2π e j14πt 0.5e j0.1π e j77πt + 0.5e− j0.1π e− j77πt
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
ω
-
−91π −77π −63π 0 63π 77π 91π
Note:
ω axis is not to scale.
f (kHz)
-
0 3
)
−3
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
(b) The spectrum for x(t) versus f in kHz.
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
0.75 0.75
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
f (kHz)
-
0 677 680 683
an his
(a) The gcd of 105 and 180 is 15, so the given frequencies are the 7th and 12th harmonics of f 0 = 15 Hz.
(b) x(t) = 22 cos(2π(105)t − 0.4π) + 14 cos(2π(180)t − 0.6π)
(c) Simplify the numerical values for the complex amplitudes, i.e., phases should be in [−π, π].
)
= 22 cos(2π(105)t − 10π − 0.9π) + 14 cos(2π(180)t − 18π − 0.6π)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
= 22 cos(2π(105)t − 0.9π) + 14 cos(2π(180)t − 0.6π)
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
Note that even multiples of 2π rad can be dropped from the equation. Thus, the spectrum is:
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
{(−180, 7e j0.6π ), (−105, 11e j0.9π ), (105, 11e− j0.9π ), (180, 7e− j0.6π )} where the frequencies are in hertz. Therefore
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
the plot of the spectrum looks just like Fig. P-3.17 except the phase is different at frequencies ±105.
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
(d) The effect of this operation is simply to increase all the frequencies by 105 Hz, or, in other words, to shift the
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
Therefore the spectrum line at −105 Hz will move to f = 0. The DC component is therefore, the value of the
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
(a) The spectrum of y(t) is the spectrum of x(t) with an added DC component of size 8.
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
-
0 105 180 f
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
−180 −105
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
(b) The spectrum of z(t) is the same as that of x(t) with the addition of components of size 9e± j0.8π at frequencies
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
±40 Hz.
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
-
−180 −105 −40 0 40 105 180 f
(c) The fundamental frequency is the gcd of 40, 105, 180, which is 5 Hz.
(d) The derivative operation multiplies each spectrum component by j2π f , where f is the frequency of the complex
exponential component. So we get
− j2π(105)11e j0.4π j2π(105)11e− j0.4π
-
−180 −105 0 105 180 f
(a)
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
ω
-
0 10π
th k ( de f i es
−10π
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
(c) The symmetry implies that ωb = 20π and B = +4 j. Furthermore, symmetry requires that ωa = 0. To find A, ωc ,
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
and ϕ we can write y(t) as y(t) = 0.5x(t)e jϕ e jω c t + 0.5x(t)e− jϕ e− jω c t , which shows that the spectrum of y(t)
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
will consist of the sum of scaled copies of the spectrum of x(t) shifted right (up) by ωc and left (down) by ωc . In
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
order to have only three components we must choose ωc = 10π so that two of the shifted spectrum lines over lap
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
at ω = 0.
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
ω
-
−20π 0 20π
8 cos(π/6) = 8 3/2 = 4 3.
k −9 −4 0 4 9
)
eb
er or in ing
ak 0.4e− j2 0.6e j1.4 0.5 0.6e− j1.4 0.4e j2
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
dψ
(a) The instantaneous frequency is ωi (t) = dt = 2αt + β, so ω1 = ωi (0) = β and ω2 = ωi (T2 ) = 2αT2 + β.
(b) The instantaneous frequency versus time is ωi (t) = 80t + 27
(c) Here is the plot of the instantaneous frequency (in Hz) versus time over the range 0 ≤ t ≤ 1 sec.
ω i (t )
f i (t) = 2π
6
107
2π
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
27
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
2π
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
-
w sa co ro is
0 1 t
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a) The general form for the chirp signal is x(t) = cos(αt 2 + βt + ϕ). The instantaneous frequency of this signal
is ωi (t) = 2αt + β. From this we observe that ω1 = 2π f 1 = 2π(4800) = ωi (0) = β. To obtain α, we note that
ω2 = 2π(800) = ωi (2) = 2α(2) + β = 4α + 9600π so α = −2000π. Therefore, the signal is
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
2900π rad/s.
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a) The instantaneous frequency is ωi (t) = 2αt + β. Substituting the given parameters gives α = 4π and β = 2π, so
the signal with the given parameters is x(t) = cos(4πt 2 + 2πt + ϕ).
(b–f) The solution to this problem is given in the following figure. Note that the times at which f i (t) is equal to 4 Hz and
8 Hz are indicated with dashed lines. Careful scrutiny of the plots confirms that the waveform of the chirp signal
does match the waveforms of the 4 Hz and 8 Hz constant-frequency sinusoids at the corresponding two times.
Instantaneous Frequency of Chirp Signal
frequency in Hz
10
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
5
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
0
e in nt ns co
D
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
4 Hz Signal
1
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
0.5
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
0
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
-0.5
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
-1
ill le u vi pr
Chirp Signal
or eir is p rk
1
o
w
an his
T
d
0
th
-1
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2
8 Hz Signal
1
0.5
0
-0.5
-1
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2
time in seconds
1
(a) f 1 (t) = √ (c) f 3 (t) = e2t /π
2π (t)
(b) f 2 (t) = t/π (d) f 4 (t) = − sin(2πt)
0.6
)
eb
0.4
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
0.2
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
frequency in Hz
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
0.5
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
0
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
-0.5
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
-1
ill le u vi pr
-3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
frequency in Hz
150
w
an his
T
d
100
th
50
0
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
frequency in Hz
1
0.5
0
-0.5
-1
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
time in seconds
∞
X
(a) Let x(t) be given by the Fourier series x(t) = ak e j (2π/T0 )k t . Then it follows that
k=−∞
∞
X :1 X
∞
(2π/T )k (0)
x(0) = e j
ak 0 = ak .
k=−∞ k=−∞
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
√ √ √
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
Therefore x(0) = 12 cos(π/4) + 4 cos(3π/4) = 6 2 − 2 2 = 4 2. Now if we add the coefficients of the Fourier
.
r
series we get
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
√
of or stu e o tat
a1 + a2 + a3 + a4 = 2e− j3π/4 + 6e− jπ/4 + 6e jπ/4 + 2e j3π/4 = 12 cos(π/4) + 4 cos(3π/4) = 4 2
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a) Sketch will have four spectral lines at ω̂ = ±4000π, ±12000π. The complex amplitude of each spectral line will be
0.25.
ω
-
−12000π −4000π 0 4000π 12000π
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
(b) The Nyquist rate for x(t) is 12,000 samples/s.
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
(c) The Nyquist rate for r (t) is 15 × 106 samples/s.
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
(d) The Nyquist rate for v(t) is 7 × 106 samples/s.
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a) Sketch will have four spectral lines: at ω̂ = ±0.2π with complex amplitudes equal to 13e± jπ/4 , and at ±0.5π with
complex amplitudes of 7e± j3π/4 .
There is no aliasing when f s = 2000 samples/s.
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
-
e in nt ns co
D
−π −0.5π −0.2π 0 0.2π 0.5π π ω̂
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
(b) The reconstructed output when the D-to-C rate is f s = 1600 samples/s will be y(t) = 26 cos(320πt + π/4) +
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
14 cos(800πt + 3π/4).
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
13e− jπ/4 13e jπ/4
er or in ing
ed id n
6
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
7e− j3π/4 7e j3π/4
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
-
2π/9 4π/9 π
in o e r
0 ω̂
y y p d le d
−π −4π/9 −2π/9
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
(c) The reconstructed output when f s = 450 samples/s is y(t) = 26 cos(400πt + π/4) + 14 cos(100πt + 3π/4).
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
6
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite -
−π −4π/7 0 4π/7 π ω̂
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
(c) The reconstructed output when f s = 700 samples/s is y(t) = 12 cos(400πt + π/4).
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
Frequencies will be: 1000 Hz, 4000 Hz (but x(t) will have a different phase), and 6000 Hz.
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a) Sketch will have six spectral lines at ω = ±2000π, ±(2000π ± 6000) rad/s.
In hertz, these frequencies are f ≈ ±47.07, ±1000, ±1954.93 Hz.
The complex amplitudes of the spectral lines are 41 e± jπ/2, 1.5e± j0, 14 e∓ jπ/2 .
1.5 1.5
6
)
j
− 4j j
− 4j
eb
er or in ing
4 4
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
-
−47 0
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
(b) Not periodic.
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
(c) f s > 3909.859 Hz.
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
(b) Period of x[n] in the plot is 5 samples.
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
Over the total duration of 0.3 s, a 380 Hz continuous-time signal would have 114 periods, but x[n] only has 6
o
w
an his
complete periods.
T
th d
(a) Expect 34 zero crossings in 17 periods. Number of positive peaks = number of negative peaks = 17.
(b) 11 zero crossings, 6 positive peaks and 6 negative peaks.
(c) T = 0.2 s, so f = 5 Hz. Sampling a 15-Hz sinusoid at 20 Hz (Ts = 0.05) s. involves aliasing, and a 5-Hz sinusoid
is a folded version of the 15-Hz sinusoid.
(d) x[n] = 1.005 cos(0.4πn − 0.1).
(e) To obey the Sampling Theorem, Ts < (1/30) s, but to make a smooth plot Ts < 0.05 s would be needed.
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
x(t) = (3 − j0.5e jπt + j0.5e− jπt )(0.5e j13πt+ jπ/2 + 0.5e− j13πt− jπ/2 )
= 1.5e j13πt+ jπ/2 + 1.5e− j13πt− jπ/2 + 0.25e j14πt + 0.25e− j14πt + 0.25e j12πt+ jπ + 0.25e− j12πt− jπ
= 3 cos(13πt + π/2) + 0.5 cos(14πt) + 0.5 cos(12πt + π)
)
−3 j 3j
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
6
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
-
0 12π 13π 14π ω (rad/s)
is
te f t ss th nite
−14π −13π −12π
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
(c) Nyquist rate is 28π rad/s, or 14 Hz.
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(c) Plot four lines; two at ±0.4π with complex amps equal to 1e± j0.5π ; and two at ±0.8π with complex amps equal to
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
10.5. Note: amplitudes are not to scale.
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
10.5 10.5
e in nt ns co
D
6
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
e− jπ/2 e jπ/2
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
-
0 0.4π 0.8π π ω̂
ill le u vi pr
−π −0.8π −0.4π
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
(a) The discrete-time exponential when flashing at 15 flashes/s is p[n] = e+ j2π(13)n/15+ jπ/2 = e j2π(−2)n/15+ jπ/2 . Thus,
at each flash the spot moves −4π/15 rad, which is 48◦ clockwise.
)
eb
CCW. When ` < 0, the rotation speed is |13` − 13/24| rev/s CCW. When ` > 0, the rotation speed is |13` − 13/24|
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
rev/s CW. For example, when ` = 1, the speed is 12.46 rev/s CW.
.
r
Complex Exponential Derivation of Rotation Speeds (r) in rev/s:
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
The discrete-time exponential after flashing at f s flashes/s is p[n] = e+ j2π (r )n/ f s . Thus, to get the movement of
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
15◦ CCW, which is −2π/24 rad/s CCW, we must determine whether or not there is is an integer ` for which the
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
following is true:
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
* 1e j2π` e− j2π(15/360)
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
p[1] = p[0]
+ j2π (12)(1)/n
e = e j2π` ⇒ 24π/n = 2π` ⇒ 12/n = `
)
eb
So, n must be a divisor of 12, which gives flashing rates of n = 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12 flashes/s.
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
(c) When n = 13, p[1] = e+ j2π(12)/13 = e− j2π(1)/13 , so the disk rotates clockwise by 2π/13 rad, or 360/13 = 27.69◦ ,
.
r
or ud a uc y
for every flash. The observed rotation is 1 rev/s clockwise.
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a) Plot 8 unit-length vectors (with zvect). The angles will be {0.2π, 0.5π, 0.8π, 0, 0.3π, −0.5π, 0.5π, −0.5π}.
(b) Period is 20.
(c) Plot 5 unit-length vectors (with zvect). The angles will be {0, π/15, 4π/15, −14π/15, −14π/15}.
(d) Shortest period is 30.
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a) θ[n] = 0.07π, 1.75π, 7π are the angles of the vectors. When reduced to the −π to +π range, these angles are
θ[n] = 0.07π, −0.25π, π.
(b) The instantaneous frequency of the signal below is 2π(44.8 × 103 )t Hz. The plot runs from t = 0 to t = 200/8000 =
1/40 s, so it starts at f = 0 and ends at (1/40)44.8 × 103 = 1120 Hz.
)
= cos(π(44.8 × 103 )t 2 )
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
(c) 2800 Hz
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a) First of all, y[n] = 0 for n = −2, −1. The system is causal. Then y[n] = n + 1 for n = 0, 1, 2, 3; and y[n] = 4 for
n ≥ 4.
(b) Plot with Matlab.
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
(c)
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
0 n<0
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
y[n] = n + 1 0≤n<L
or eir is p rk
o
w
L
n≥L
an his
T
d
th
)
eb
h[2]x[n−2] 0 0 0 2 4 6 4 2 2 2
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
y[n] 0 2 1 2 −1 2 3 1 1 1
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(b)
(c) h[n] = 2δ[n] − 3δ[n − 1] + 2δ[n − 2]
Unit
Unit Delay
3
)
eb
Delay
er or in ing
ed id n
3
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
xŒn 1
.
r
or ud a uc y
v1 Œn
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
Unit
ity s w g us d S
Unit
Delay
is
te f t ss th nite
Delay 2 2
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
xŒn 2
k
yŒn yŒn
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
(a) (b)
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a) P = N + M
(b) Input signal is time-shifted by N1 . Thus, the output starts at N3 = N1 , and the last nonzero value in the output is at
N4 = N2 + M. The length of y[n] is N4 − N3 + 1 = N2 − N1 + M + 1.
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
(b) First of all, y[n] = 0 for n = −2, −1. The system is causal. Then y[n] = 1 for n = 0; and y[n] = (−0.5) n + (−0.5) n−1
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
Running onto the signal (partial overlap) region which is 0 ≤ n < L−1: sum (−0.5) k for k = 0 to k = n
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
Impulse response is h[n] = 13δ[n]−13δ[n−1]+13δ[n−2]. The output can be obtained via convolution: y[n] = h[n]∗ x[n].
Assume that the input is nonzero for −∞ < n < ∞, which implies that x[n − 2] is equal to x[n]. Also, x[n − 1] will be
equal to 0 for n odd, and equal to 1 for n even.
26
n odd
y[n] = 13x[n] − 13x[n − 1] + 13x[n − 2] = 26x[n] − 13x[n − 1] =
−13
n even
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a) y[n] = x[n] cos(0.2πn) (1) linear YES, (2) time-invariant NO, and (3) causal YES.
(b) y[n] = x[n] − x[n − 1] (1) linear YES, (2) time-invariant YES, and (3) causal YES.
(c) y[n] = |x[n]| (1) linear NO, (2) time-invariant YES, and (3) causal YES.
(d) y[n] = Ax[n] + B, where A and B are nonzero constants.
(1) linear NO, (2) time-invariant YES, and (3) causal YES.
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
(b) Use LTI properties with x[n] = 7 (δ[n] − δ[n − 1]) +7 (δ[n − 1] − δ[n − 2]).
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
| {z }
first x[n] in table
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
Thus, y[n] = 7 (δ[n] − δ[n − 1] + 2δ[n − 3]) +7 (δ[n − 1] − δ[n − 2] + 2δ[n − 4])
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
| {z }
st f a s d s ec
Note that the Delay by 2 block in (b) is the cascade of two unit delays.
1
xŒn
3
v3 Œn
xŒn
Delay
by 2
4
Unit
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
Delay
W
no the iss tea s
2
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
xŒn 1
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
Unit
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
Unit Delay
2
is
te f t ss th nite
Delay 4
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
xŒn 2
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
v1 Œn
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
Unit
o
Delay
w
Delay
an his
by 2 1 3
T
d
xŒn 4
th
yŒn yŒn
(a) (b)
(a) Use the LTI properties. The output will be y2 [n] = y1 [n] − 2y1 [n − 2].
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
h[n] = ( A/3)y1 [n] + (B/3)y1 [n − 1]
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
= (1/3) (δ[n] − 3δ[n − 1] − 3δ[n − 2]) − (1/3) (δ[n − 1] − 3δ[n − 2] − 3δ[n − 3])
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
= (1/3)δ[n] − (4/3)δ[n − 1] + δ[n − 3]
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(b) Use the result from the previous part. h[n] ∗ a n (u[n] − u[n − 8]) = h[n] ∗ a n u[n]) − h[n] ∗ a8 a n−8 u[n − 8]
| {z } | {z }
δ[n] a 8 δ[n−8]
(c) Sketch the plot which has only two nonzero stems, 1 at n = 0, and a8 at n = 8.
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
| {z } | {z }
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
x[n] x[n−1]
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
Mimic the previous part to obtain x[n] = −8u[n] + 8u[n − 3]
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
At this point we know that the order of the filter is at least M = 1. For an M th order FIR filter the coefficient of z −M must
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
be nonzero, i.e., b M , 0. With that fact, the following shows that y[M + 1] will also be nonzero, so y[n] cannot be equal
.
r
or ud a uc y
to δ[n].
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
M
ity s w g us d S
X
h[n] = bk δ[n − k] where b M , 0
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k=0
k
in o e r
*0
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
⇒ y[M + 1] = h[M
+ 1] + h[M] = h[M] = b M , 0
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
h[n] = h1 [n] ∗ h2 [n] ∗ h3 [n]
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
h[n] = (δ[n] + δ[n − 1) ∗ (δ[n] − δ[n − 2]) ∗ (δ[n − 1] − δ[n − 2])
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
| {z }
th k ( de f i es
h[n] = (δ[n] + δ[n − 1) ∗ (δ[n − 1] − 2δ[n − 2] + δ[n − 3])
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
h[n] = δ[n − 1] − δ[n − 2] − δ[n − 3] + δ[n − 4]
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
(c) Get the filter coefficients from h[n], and then
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
S1 : y1 [n] = x[n] + 2x[n − 1] + 3x[n − 2] + 4x[n − 3] h1 [n] = δ[n] + 2δ[n − 1] + 3δ[n − 2] + 4δ[n − 3]
S2 : y2 [n] = x[n] + x[n − 1] + x[n − 2] + x[n − 3] h2 [n] = δ[n] + δ[n − 1] + δ[n − 2] + δ[n − 3]
S3 : y[n] = w[n] − w[n − 1] h3 [n] = δ[n] − δ[n − 1]
where w[n] = y1 [n] + y2 [n]. The impulse responses are also given above
)
(a) We need three blocks and one adder. Systems S 1 and S 2 are in parallel; their outputs are added and the sum is
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
processed by S 3 .
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
(b) We can get h[n] from the combination of the individual systems, and the write the difference equation from the
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
filter coefficients.
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
h[n] = (h1 [n] + h2 [n]) ∗ h3 [n] ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
H (z) = 1 + 2z −1 + 3z −2 + 4z −3 + 1 + z −1 + z −2 + z −3 1 − z −1
H (z) = 2 + 3z −1 + 4z −2 + 5z −3 1 − z −1 = 2 + z −1 + z −2 + z −3 − 5z −4
y[n] = x[n] − x[n − 1] = e j (0.4πn−0.5π) − e j (0.4π (n−1)−0.5π) = (1 − e− j0.4π )e j (0.4πn−0.5π) = H (e j0.4π )e j (0.4πn−0.5π)
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a)
where H (e j ω̂ ) = 1 + e− j ω̂ .
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
(b) The system is LTI, so superposition applies. Each complex exponential is modified by the frequency response
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
evaluated at its frequency.
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
(c)
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
H (e j0.1π ) = 1 + e− j0.1π = A1 e jϕ1 = 1.9754e− j0.05π
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
0
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
π
e in nt ns co
D
H(ej ω̂ )
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
0
is
te f t ss th nite
6
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
−π
st f a s d s ec
(c) ω̂
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
(d) The output is zero whenever the magnitude of the frequency response is zero; i.e., when |2 cos(ω̂) − 1| = 0 or when
w
an his
(e) We know that for a cosine input with frequency ω̂0 = 0.5, the output is
y[n] = |H (e j0.5π )| cos(0.5πn + ∠H (e j0.5π ))
where H (e j0.5π ) = 2e− j0.5π (2 cos(0.5π) − 1) = −2e− j0.5π = 2e j0.5π
⇒ y[n] = 2 cos(0.5πn + 0.5π) = 2 cos(0.5π(n + 1)).
)
0 n<0
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
3 n=0
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
y[n] = 3u[n] + 2u[n − 1] + u[n − 2] =
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
6 n≥2
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
(d) The unit step input is identical to a suddenly applied complex exponential of zero frequency. Thus, for an FIR filter
is
te f t ss th nite
like this, the steady state response is simply H (e j0 ) times 1. The steady state is reached at n = 2 because the filter
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
order is 2.
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(c) Since the impulse response has length 5 samples, the output reaches the steady state at n = 4 so the output due to
)
eb
the suddenly applied signal is identical to the output in (b) for n ≥ 4.
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
(c) We should recognize this as the form of an L sample running sum whose frequency response is
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
L−1
sin(ω̂L/2) X − j ω̂n
.
r
or ud a uc y
H (e j ω̂ ) = e− j ω̂(L−1)/2
w cl le tr p
= e
e in nt ns co
D
sin(ω̂/2)
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
n=0
ity s w g us d S
Thus, it follows that L = 10 and the impulse response is
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
1 0≤n≤9
in o e r
(
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
0 otherwise
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a) To get the difference equation we need to expand the factors of H (e j ω̂ ) so that we get powers of e− j ω̂ .
√
H (e j ω̂ ) = (1 − e− j ω̂ )(1 − 2 cos(3π/4)e− j ω̂ + e− j2ω̂ ) = (1 − e− j ω̂ )(1 − 2e− j ω̂ + e− j2ω̂ )
√ √
= 1 + ( 2 − 1)e− j ω̂ − ( 2 − 1)e− j2ω̂ − e− j3ω̂
= 1 + 0.4142e− j ω̂ − 0.4142e− j2ω̂ − e− j3ω̂
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
y[n] = x[n] + 0.4142x[n − 1] − 0.4142x[n − 2] − x[n − 3]
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
(b)
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
0 n<0
is
te f t ss th nite
1 n=0
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
y[n] = u[n] + 0.4142u[n − 1] − 0.4142u[n − 2] − u[n − 3] = 1.4142 n=1
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
1 n=2
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
0 n≥3
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
(c) We need to find the values of ω̂ such that H (e j ω̂ ) = 0. These are easily found from the given factored form as
an his
T
d
ω̂ = 0 and ω̂ = ±3π/4.
th
)
eb
(b) By definition, the impulse response is:
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
h[n] = δ[n] + 0.5δ[n − 1] − 0.25δ[n − 2] + 0.25δ[n − 3]
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
(c) We need to find the values of ω̂ such that H (e j ω̂ ) = 0. The factored form shows that this can be true for values of
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
ω̂ such that 1 + e− j2ω̂ = 0 or ω̂ = ±π/2 rad.
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
Plot {3, 0, −2, −2, 0, 2, −1} for 0 ≤ n ≤ 6.
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
(c) In this case we can use the third result in the table, which says that the frequency response at ω̂ = π/3 is H (e jπ/3 ) = 2;
.
r
i.e., the phase shift is zero. Therefore, the output for this input is y[n] = 2 cos(π(n − 3)/3)
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
(d) It is FALSE because the impulse response is δ[n] − δ[n − 3], so the frequency response is H (e j ω̂ ) = 1 − e− j3ω̂
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
which is nonzero at ω̂ = π/2.
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a) The zeros marked with o are at multiples of 2π/8 with gaps at 0, ±2π, ±4π, . . ..
1
D8 (ω̂)
−1
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
−3π −2π −π 0 π 2π 3π
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
Figure P-6.11
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
(b) The period is 4π.
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
(c) The maximum value occurs at ω̂ = 0. Using the small angle approximation for the sine functions we get
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
(Lω̂/2)
ro n an o te
D L (0) ≈ =1
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
L(ω̂/2)
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
10
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
|H(ej ω̂ )|
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
5
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
0
e rt ss fo U
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
Figure P-6.12
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
(b)
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
√ √
These are H (e j0 ) = 0 and H (e j0.5π ) = 8(1/ 2) 3 e j (−π/2−3π/4) = 2 2e− j7π/4 . Therefore,
th
(a)
S1 : H1 (e j ω̂ ) = 1 − e− j ω̂
S2 : H2 (e j ω̂ ) = 1 + e− j2ω̂
S3 : H3 (e j ω̂ ) = e− j ω̂ + e− j2ω̂
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
(c) Multiply out all the factors in H (e j ω̂ ) and then pick off the coefficients to get the difference equation.
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
H (e j ω̂ ) = (1 − e− j ω̂ + e− j2ω̂ − e− j3ω̂ )(e− j ω̂ + e− j2ω̂ ) = e− j ω̂ − e− j5ω̂
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
Therefore, y[n] = x[n − 1] − x[n − 5]
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
4
1 − e− j5ω̂ sin(ω̂5/2)
(a) H (e j ω̂ ) = e− j ω̂n = = e− j ω̂2
X
n=0
1−e − j ω̂ sin(ω̂/2)
j ω̂
(b) H (e ) = 0 for ω̂ = ±0.4π, ±0.8π
(c) We need the frequency response at ω̂ = 0, 0.25π, and 0.4π.
H (e j0 ) = 5
)
eb
sin(5π/8)
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
H (e j0.25π ) = e− j0.5π = 2.4142e− j0.5π
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
sin(π/8)
.
r
H (e j0.4π ) = 0
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
Therefore, y[n] = 35 + 8(2.4142) cos(0.25πn − π/2)
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
(d) Since the length of the impulse response is 5, the steady-state output is attained for n ≥ 4.
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
This is the same input signal as in Problem P-6.14 and the discrete-time system is the same as in that problem. Therefore,
from the solution to Problem P-6.14(c), the output sequence is
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
The output of the D-to-C converter is therefore
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
y(t) = 35 + 8(2.4142) cos(1000πn − π/2)
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
y[n] = x[n − 10] = 10 + 20 cos(ω0 (n − 10)/ f s + π/3)
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
Reconstructing y(t) from y[n] with an ideal D-to-C converter gives
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
y(t) = 10 + 20 cos(ω0 ( f s t − 10)/ f s + π/3) = 10 + 20 cos(ω0 t − 10ω0 / f s + π/3)
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
We want y(t) = x(t − 0.001) = 10 + 20 cos(ω0 (t − 0.001) + π/3) which requires
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
⇒
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
In addition, the output frequency must be the same as the input frequency, so there must be no aliasing, i.e., the
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
relationship between ω0 and f s = 10, 000 Hz must obey the Nyquist condition.
w
an his
T
d
(c) To get y(t) = A, we need y[n] = constant. Since x[n] = 10 + 20 cos(ω0 (n/ f s ) + π/3), the filter must null out the
cosine term; or the cosine term must alias to DC.
sin(5ω̂/2) − j ω̂2
Nulling: The zeros of H (e j ω̂ ) = e are at ω̂ = 2π/5, −2π/5, 4π/5, −4π/5.
5 sin(ω̂/2)
For ω0 and f s = 2000 Hz, these frequencies are 2π(±400) and 2π(±800) rad/s.
The negative frequencies must be used when we include aliases. The complete list of input frequencies that alias
to the zeros of H (e j ω̂ ) is
For these input frequencies, the cosine term will be filtered out, and only the DC remains. Since H (e j0 ) = 1 and
the DC value of x(t) = 10, the output will be y(t) = A = 10.
Cosine aliases to DC: When ω0 is a frequency that aliases to DC, then ω̂0 = (ω0 + 2π` f s )/ f s = 0,
and x[n] = 10 + 20 cos(0n + π/3) = 10 + 20 cos(π/3) = 20.
The frequencies for which this happens are
In this case, the DC value of x(t) = 20 and H (e j0 ) = 1, so the output will be y(t) = A = 20.
(a) The constant component passes through the first system as a constant. Then the first difference system gives a zero
output for a constant input. By superposition, the output is thus equal to y1 [n], the output due to the other input
component x 1 [n].
(b) The overall frequency response function is the product of the frequency responses. Therefore,
4
1 − e− j5ω̂
!
j ω̂ − j ω̂n + − j ω̂
(1 − e− j ω̂ ) = 1 − e− j5ω̂
X
H (e )= * e (1 − e )= − j ω̂
1 − e
)
eb
, n=0
er or in ing
-
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
(c) The frequency response is zero at the 5th roots of unity or ω̂ = 2πk/5 for k = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4.
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
(d) From the frequency response, the overall difference equation is
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
y[n] = x[n] − x[n − 5]
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
e j5ω̂ − e− j5ω̂
th k ( de f i es
(b) H (e j ω̂ ) = −e− j2ω̂ +e− j12ω̂ = e− j7ω̂ (−e j5ω̂ +e− j5ω̂ ) = e− j7ω̂ (−2 j) = j (−2 sin(ω̂5))e− j7ω̂ Therefore,
of or stu e o tat
2j
ity s w g us d S
is
R(e j ω̂ ) = −2 sin(5ω̂) and n0 = −7.
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
(c,d) Plots of |H (e j ω̂ )| and the principal value of ∠H (e j ω̂ ) for −π < ω̂ ≤ π.
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
2
de o rse de ot
|H(ej ω̂ )|
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
1
an his
T
th d
0
−π −π/2 0 π/2 π
5
H(ej ω̂ )
0
6
-5
−π −π/2 0 π/2 π
ω̂
(a)
H (e j ω̂ ) = H1 (e j ω̂ )H2 (e j ω̂ )
= (1 + 2e− j ω̂ + e− j ω̂2 )(1 − e− j ω̂ + e− j ω̂2 − e− j ω̂3 )
= 1 + e− j ω̂ − e− j ω̂4 − e− j ω̂5
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
(a) We need to have zeros of the frequency response at ω̂ = 0 and 0.2π. Thus,
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
y[n] = x[n] − 2.6180x[n − 1 + 2.6180x[n − 2] − x[n − 3]
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
(b) We need to null the frequencies ω̂ = 0, ±0.2π, ±0.4π, ±0.6π, ±0.8π, π. A system whose frequency response is zero
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
at all these frequencies is H (e j ω̂ ) = 1 − e− j ω̂10 .
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
If we set H (e j ω̂ ) = 0 we get the equation 1 − e− j ω̂10 = 0 or e− j ω̂10 = 1 or, equivalently, e j ω̂10 = 1 = e j2πk where
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
k = 0, 1, . . . , 9. If we then equate the exponents of the last equation we get ω̂10 = 2πk, or ω̂ = 2πk/10 = 0.2πk.
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
The difference equation for this system is y[n] = x[n] − x[n − 10].
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a) The two normalized frequencies are 120π/ f s = 0.12π and 240π/ f s = 0.24π.
(b) We need to place zeros at ω̂ = ±0.12π and ±0.24π. Therefore, choose
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
y[n] = x[n] − 3.3175x[n − 1] + 4.7111x[n − 2] − 3.3175x[n − 3] + x[n − 4]
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
(c) Here is the Matlab plot of the frequency response (magnitude) versus ω̂, and also versus the analog frequency f
th k ( de f i es
in hertz. The frequencies 60 Hz and 120 Hz are marked and are snown to be nulled out.
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
Note: the plot of |H (e j ω̂ )| versus ω̂ is zoomed vertically so as to see the detail of the zeros.
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
|H(ej ω̂ )|
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
1
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
0.5
o
w
an his
0
T
d
−π −π/2 0 π/2 π
th
|H(ej2πf /fs )|
normalized frequency ω̂
20
10
0
-500 -120-60 0 60 120 500
analog frequency f
Figure P-6.21
(a) To find y[n] we need the frequency response evaluated at frequencies 0 and 0.5π which are from the graph:
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
2
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
(b) The discontinuity of size π radians is due to the fact that H (e j ω̂ ) is zero at ω̂ = 0 so there is a sign change from
.
r
or ud a uc y
one side of 0 to the other. This is evident in H (e j ω̂ ) equation above since the function sin(ω̂/2) is negative for
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
−π < ω̂ < 0 and positive for 0 < ω̂ < π.
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a) When the input is x[n] = 10 + 10 cos(0.2πn) + 10 cos(0.5πn), we need to determine the frequency response at
frequencies 0, 0.2π and 0.5π. From the curves we get
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
the sign change as the frequency response crosses zero.
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
This solution requires mostly table lookup and applying the delay property for the DTFT.
DTFT
(a) x 1 [n] = 2δ[n − 3] ←→ X1 (e j ω̂ ) = 2e− j ω̂3
DTFT
(b) x 2 [n] = 3δ[n − 2] − δ[n − 3] + 3δ[n − 4] ←→ X2 (e j ω̂ ) = 3e− j ω̂2 − e− j ω̂3 + 3e− j ω̂4
7
1≤n≤8
(c) x 3 [n] = 7u[n − 1] − 7u[n − 9] =
0 otherwise
Note how the step sequence is used to create a finite-length sequence. Plug into the DTFT definition and set
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
n = m + 1 in the sum. Then apply the formula for the sum of terms of a geometric series.
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
8 7
.
r
1 − e− j ω̂8 sin(4ω̂) − j ω̂9/2
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
X3 (e j ω̂ ) = 7e− j ω̂n = 7e− j ω̂ e− j ω̂m = 7e− j ω̂
X X
e in nt ns co
D
=7 e
1 − e− j ω̂ sin(ω̂/2)
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
n=1 m=0
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
sin(0.25πn) DTFT 1
|ω̂| < 0.25π
(
←→ X4 (e j ω̂ ) =
e rt ss fo U
(d) x 4 [n] = 9
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
This solution involves either evaluating the definitions of the direct and inverse DTFT or using table lookup and the
properties of the DTFT.
0.3π
1 e j0.3πn − e− j0.3πn sin(0.3πn)
Z
(a) v1 [n] = e j ω̂n d ω̂ = =
2π j2πn πn
−0.3π
9
1 − e− j ω̂10 e− j ω̂5 (e j ω̂5 − e− j ω̂5 ) sin(ω̂5) − j ω̂4.5
(b) V2 (e j ω̂ ) = e− j ω̂n =
X
= = e
1−e − j ω̂ e − j ω̂/2 (e j ω̂/2 −e − j ω̂/2 ) sin(ω̂/2)
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
n=0
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
sin(0.3πn)
(c) Note that V3 (e j ω̂ ) = 1 − V1 (e j ω̂ ). Thus, v3 [n] = δ[n] − v1 [n] = δ[n] −
.
r
πn
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
Alternatively, you can plug into the inverse DTFT integral as in part (a) obtaining
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
−0.3π Zπ
e rt ss fo U
v3 [n] = d ω̂ + = δ[n] −
k
e −
in o e r
y y p d le d
2π 2π πn πn πn
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
−π 0.3π
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
9 9
sin((ω̂ − π)5) − j (ω̂−π)4.5
o
w
sin((ω̂ − π)/2)
T
d
n=0 n=0
th
This solution requires using the linearity and delay properties of the DTFT and the following basic DTFT pair:
It might be helpful to sketch the different bandlimited DTFTs that are involved.
sin(0.25πn) DTFT 1 |ω̂| < 0.25π 0 |ω̂| < 0.25π
( (
j ω̂
(a) h1 [n] = 5δ[n] − ←→ H1 (e ) = 5 − 5 =
0.2πn 0 0.25π < |ω̂| ≤ π 5 0.25π < |ω̂| ≤ π
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
sin(0.4πn) sin(0.1πn)
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
(b) h2 [n] =
m ld a
−
0.1πn 0.1πn
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
0 0 ≤ |ω̂| ≤ 0.1π
th k ( de f i es
1 0 ≤ |ω̂| ≤ 0.4π 1 0 ≤ |ω̂| ≤ 0.1π
of or stu e o tat
DTFT
←→ H2 (e j ω̂ ) = 10
− 10 = 10 1 0.1π < |ω̂| ≤ 0.4π
ity s w g us d S
0 0.4π < |ω̂| ≤ π 0 0.1π < |ω̂| ≤ π
is
te f t ss th nite
0 0.4π < |ω̂| ≤ π
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
π(n − 8) π(n − 8)
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
0 0 ≤ |ω̂| ≤ 0.1π
T
d
DTFT
j ω̂ j ω̂ − j ω̂8 − j ω̂8
←→ H3 (e ) = 0.1H2 (e )e =e 1 0.1π < |ω̂| ≤ 0.4π
th
0 0.4π < |ω̂| ≤ π
k=2
With a change of index in the sum we can apply the formula for the sum of terms in a geometric series.
sin(ω̂5/2) − j ω̂4
H (e j ω̂ ) = 3 e
sin(ω̂/2)
Thus, the answers as requested are: L = 5, α = 3, and β = 4.
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
The exponential factors suggest a delay, but we cannot use the DTFT delay property directly because the delay would be
a fraction of a sample. This means that we should use the inverse DTFT if we can evaluate it, and, of course, we can.
(a) Inverse DTFT of G1 (e j ω̂ )
0.4π 0.4π
1 1 e j0.4π(n−0.3) − e− j0.4π(n−0.3)
Z Z
DTFT − j0.3ω̂ j ω̂n
←→ g1 [n] = 5e e d ω̂ = 5eω̂(n−0.3) d ω̂ = 5
2π 2π 2π(n − 0.3)
−0.4π −0.4π
)
eb
er or in ing
sin 0.4π(n − 0.3)
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
so g1 [n] = 5 .
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
π(n − 0.3)
.
r
This looks like it was obtained using the delay property, but remember that the delay property only holds in general
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
for integer shifts.
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
(b) Using the approach of (a), the solution is
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
k
g2 [n] = 4 −4
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
If the delay had been an integer, the first function would reduce to an impulse, but in this case it does not.
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
(c) Again using the direct evaluation of the inverse DTFT, the solution is
an his
T
d
g3 [n] = 9 −9
π(n − 0.2) π(n − 0.2)
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
In this case we have the convolution of three sinc functions all with the same cutoff frequency so the result is
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
the same signal but with the product of the gains.
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
(c) Considerable simplification is possible.
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
(0.3) n u[n] ∗ (10δ[n − 2] − 3δ[n − 3])
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
| {z }
break into 2 terms
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
= 10δ[n − 2]
o
w
an his
T
th d
We will need the impulse response of the system to do parts (a) and (c). We can get it by expanding H (e j ω̂ ) using the
inverse Euler relation; i.e., H (e j ω̂ ) = 12 e j ω̂3 + 21 e− j ω̂3 , so h[n] = 12 δ[n + 3] + 12 δ[n − 3].
)
eb
er or in ing
√
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
= 1.5 cos(0.75π)e j0.25πn + 1.5 cos(−0.75π)e− j0.25πn = −1.5 2 cos(0.25πn)
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
1 0 ≤ n ≤ 8
th k ( de f i es
(c) This signal is a length-9 pulse: x 3 [n] = u[n] − u[n − 9] =
of or stu e o tat
0 otherwise
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
This one should be done by convolution because the impulse response is so simple and a frequency-domain solution
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
would not be feasible.
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
1
o
−3 ≤ n ≤ 2
w
2
an his
1 3≤n≤5
T
d
= 21 (u[n + 3] − u[n − 6] + u[n − 3] − u[n − 12]) =
th
1
2 6 ≤ n ≤ 11
0 otherwise
e j ω̂0 n + e− j ω̂0 n
!
x[n] = a n cos(ω̂0 n)u[n] = a n u[n] = 12 e j ω̂0 n a n u[n] + 21 e− j ω̂0 n a n u[n]
2
DTFT 1
(b) Using the DTFT pair a n u[n] ←→ and the frequency-shift property of the DTFT we can write the DTFT
1 − ae− j ω̂
of x[n] as
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
1 1
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
2 2
X (e j ω̂ ) = +
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
1
− 12 ae− j ω̂0 e− j ω̂ + 1
− 12 ae j ω̂0 e− j ω̂
of or stu e o tat
2 2
ity s w g us d S
=
is
te f t ss th nite
(1 − ae j ω̂0 e− j ω̂ )(1 − ae− j ω̂0 e− j ω̂ )
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
=
de o rse de ot
1 − a cos(ω̂0 )e− j ω̂
w
an his
=
T
d
)
eb
(b) If V (e j ω̂ ) were a frequency response, is the filter lowpass, highpass or bandpass? LOWPASS
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
(c) Using the frequency shift property of the DTFT we obtain W (e j ω̂ ) = 12 V (e j (ω̂−0.3π) ) + 12 V (e j (ω̂+0.3π) ). Therefore,
.
r
or ud a uc y
a plot of |W (e− j ω̂ )| 2 will look like two shifted versions of the plot in part (a) with everything scaled by 14 . This will
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
place peaks at approximately ω̂ = ±0.3π with heights of approximately 100.
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
Note: the plots use a semilog scale to show details.
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(d) If W (e j ω̂ ) were a frequency response, is the filter lowpass, highpass or bandpass? BANDPASS
(a) Using the definition of the ideal lowpass filter we can write
)
eb
(b) The cutoff frequency of the ideal HPF is ω̂co .
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
(c) From part (a) it follows that hhp [n] = δ[n] − hlp [n] so
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
sin(ω̂co n)
th k ( de f i es
hhp [n] = δ[n] −
of or stu e o tat
πn
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a) To get a bandpass filter, we need to subtract the low frequency band from a wider lowpass filter. Thus, we can write
)
eb
ω̂lp1 = ω̂co2 = 0.6π, and ω̂lp2 = ω̂co1 = 0.3π.
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
sin(0.6πn) sin(0.3πn)
.
r
πn πn
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a) A sketch would show a negative exponential decaying to the left for n ≤ −1.
−1
X
(b) The DTFT exists for values of b such that |x[n]| is absolutely summable; i.e., | − bn | < ∞.
−∞
This will be true for |b| > 1.
(c) By definition, the DTFT of x[n] = −bn u[−n − 1] when |b| > 1 is
)
−1 ∞ ∞
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
X (e j ω̂ ) = −bn e− j ω̂n = − b−n e j ω̂n = 1 − b−n e j ω̂n
W
X X X
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
n=−∞ n=1 n=0
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
1 −b−1 e j ω̂
th k ( de f i es
=1− =
of or stu e o tat
1 − b−1 e j ω̂ 1 − b−1 e j ω̂
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
−b−1 e j ω̂
gr hi in e
1
th a a ly by
k
= =
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
0.25π
∞ 2
sin(0.25πn) 1 1 1
X Z
(a) = d ω̂ =
3πn 2π 3 12
n=−∞
−0.25π
1/3
sin(0.25πn) DTFT 0 ≤ |ω̂| ≤ 0.25π
since ←→
3πn 0 0.25π < |ω̂| ≤ π
Zπ 2
(b) 4 sin(ω̂5) e− j ω̂9/2 d ω̂= 20
)
eb
er or in ing
sin(ω̂/2) π
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
−π
.
r
sin(ω̂5) − j ω̂9/2
or ud a uc y
DTFT
w cl le tr p
X
since 2δ[n − k] ←→ 2 e
e in nt ns co
D
sin(ω̂/2)
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
k=0
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a) This one is easy with the DTFT since X1 (e j ω̂ ) = e− j ω̂4 and Cx1 x1 (e j ω̂ ) = |X1 (e j ω̂ )| 2 = 1. Therefore, cx1 x1 [n] =
δ[n]. In the index domain, it is also easy: cx1 x1 [n] = x 1 [n] ∗ x 1 [−n] = δ[n − 4] ∗ δ[−n − 4] = δ[n]
(b) This one can be done easily by discrete convolution, but let’s use the DTFT. Since X2 (e j ω̂ ) = e− j ω̂4 − e− j ω̂6 , it
follows that
Cx2 x2 (e j ω̂ ) = |X2 (e j ω̂ )| 2 = (e− j ω̂4 − e− j ω̂6 )(e j ω̂4 − e j ω̂6 ) = −e j ω̂2 + 2 − e− j ω̂2
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
(c) Let’s try this with the DTFT. First note that x 3 [n] is identical to the impulse response of a 10-point running sum
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
!2
sin(ω̂5) − j ω̂4.5 − j ω̂6 sin(ω̂5)
th k ( de f i es
X3 (e j ω̂ ) = e e and Cx3 x3 (e j ω̂ ) = |X3 (e j ω̂ )| 2 = .
of or stu e o tat
sin(ω̂/2) sin(ω̂/2)
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
(Note that the exponential factors corresponding to delay disappear when we take the magnitude.)
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
To determine cx3 x3 [n] we have to determine the inverse DTFT. We cannot evaluate the integral with what we know
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
and we have no entry in our table of transforms for this function. Therefore, we should try convolution, which is
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
10 − |n| −9 ≤ n ≤ 9
an his
cx3 x3 [n] =
T
d
0 otherwise
th
This might be a good transform pair to know in a general case. In particular, you can show the following for any
sequence x[n] (including an autocorrelation function):
!2
L − |n|
|n| ≤ (L − 1) DTFT j ω̂ sin(ω̂L/2)
x[n] = ←→ X (e )=
0 otherwise sin(ω̂/2)
(a) This is accomplished by evaluating the discrete-time convolution cx x [n] = x[n] ∗ x[−n] and the result is cx x [n] =
5 − |n| |n| ≤ 4 .
0 otherwise
(b) To do this, we don’t try to find the DTFT of cx x [n] in part (a) directly, but instead use the fact that Cx x (e j ω̂ ) =
|X (e j ω̂ )| 2 . We can look up the DTFT of x[n] in our table of DTFT pairs with L = 5. Thus
sin(ω̂5/2) 2 sin(ω̂5/2)
!2
)
j ω̂ − j ω̂(L−1)/2
eb
Cx x (e ) = e =
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
sin(ω̂/2) sin(ω̂/2)
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
.
r
Cx x (e j ω̂ ) is clearly real and positive because it is a squared-magnitude of the complex DTFT X (e j ω̂ ).
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
(c) Since Cy y (e j ω̂ ) = |Y (e j ω̂ )| 2 = |X (e j ω̂ )e− j ω̂2 | 2 = |X (e j ω̂ )| 2 , it follows that cy y [n] = cx x [n]. In fact the auto
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
correlation function for a delayed signal is always the same as the autocorrelation function for the signal itself.
is
te f t ss th nite
Delay always cancels out when you evaluate a correlation.
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
0.5
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
0
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
Detail of Stopband: d1 = 0.0021663 ! s = 0.4932:
#10 -3
is
te f t ss th nite
6
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
4
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
2
w
an his
T
d
0
th
(b) From the plots the measured parameters are ω̂ p = 0.7034π, ω̂ s = 0.4932π, δ p = 0.003 and δ s = 0.0022.
(c) A good rule of thumb is that with a Hamming window, the transition region satisfies ∆ω̂ M = 8π/M, where
M is the order of the filter. For M = 32, this formula gives ∆ω̂32 = 0.25π, whereas the measured value is
∆ω̂32 = (0.7034 − 0.4932)π = 0.2102π, so the formula over-estimates the transition width in this case.
(d) However, the formula gives us a rationale for estimating the effect of going from M = 32 to M = 80. We should
have ∆ω̂80 ≈ ∆ω̂32 32/80 = 0.2102π(32/80) = .0841π. The formula would give a value for ∆ω̂80 of 0.1π. The
measured cutoff frequencies for M = 80 are ω̂ p = (.6 + .0841/2)π = 0.642π and ω̂ s = (0.6 − .0841/2)π = 0.558π.
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
Magnitude of Frequency Response of Lowpass Filter M = 80
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
1
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
0.8
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
0.6
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
0.4
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
0.2
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
0
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
#10 -3
w
5
an his
T
d
4
th
3
2
1
0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
Detail of Passband: d2 = 0.0018343 ! p = 0.6418:
1.005
1
0.995
0.99
0.985
0.98
0.6 0.65 0.7 0.75 0.8 0.85 0.9 0.95 1
!/:
Figure 7-2: Solution for Problem 7-17d. The estimates of the cutoff frequencies from part (c) are seen to be quite
accurate.
)
eb
0.000134504777373 + 0.000000000000000i 0.041265977941552 + 0.000000000000000i
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
Column 3
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
-0.996401749465568 - 0.000000000000001i
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
We will need the magnitude and angle at these three frequencies so we do the following:
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
>> zprint(H24)
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
Z = X + jY Magnitude Phase Ph/pi Ph(deg)
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
(a) If the input is x 1 [n] = 10 for all n, the output is y1 [n] = 10H24 (e j0 ), so we use Matlab as above to find
T
d
H24 (e j0 ).H32=sum(h32)=0.0001345, so y1 [n] = 0.001345. This is a highpass filter so the DC is greatly at-
th
tenuated.
(b) When the input is a zero-phase cosine, the output is y2 [n] = 10|H24 (e j0.5π )| cos(0.5πn + ∠H24 (e j0.5π )), so from
the Matlab analysis, y2 [n] = 0.4127 cos(0.5πn + 0). This frequency is in the transition zone near the stopband so
its amplitude is much reduced.
(c) As in part (b) the output in this case is y3 [n] = 10|H24 (e j0.75π )| cos(0.75πn + ∠H24 (e j0.75π )), so from the Matlab
analysis, y3 [n] = 9.964 cos(0.75πn − π). This frequency is in the passband so the amplitude is barely reduced.
)
eb
y1=filter(h37,1,x1);
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
y2=filter(h37,1,x2);
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
sn=x1+x2;
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
snOutput=filter(h37,1,sn);
th k ( de f i es
%
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
subplot(411)
is
te f t ss th nite
stem(n,y1,’filled’);hold on; plot([37,37],[-9,14.5],’r--’);hold off
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
title(’Output y_1[n] due to x_1[n] = 10’)
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
subplot(412)
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
subplot(413)
th
(a) When the input x 1 [n] is DC with a DC level of 10, the output level y1 [n] converges to 10H (e j0 ) = 10(1) = 10 after
a brief transient of less than 37 samples.
(b) When the input is the sinusoid x 2 [n] = 10 cos(0.5πn) we must evaluate H (e j ω̂ ) at ω̂ = 0.5π rad. We obtain
H (e j0.5π ) = 0.02814e j0.75π , so the output would be y2 [n] = 0.2814 cos(0.5πn + 0.75π).
(c) Note that the bottom two figures are identical, thereby showing that superposition holds. This is also shown by the
open circles, which show the difference between y1+y2 and snoutput.
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
Output y [n] due to x [n] = 10
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
1 1
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
10
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
0
ity s w g us d S
Transient region is n=0 to 37
is
te f t ss th nite
−10
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
2 2
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
2
or eir is p rk
o
w
1
an his
T
d
0
th
−1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Sum of Outputs
15
10
5
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Output Due to Sum of Inputs
15
10
5
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Time Index (n)
(a) Use the GUI to find this frequency to be approximately 0.712π rad. The unwrapped phase at this frequency is
ϕ ≈ −10.5 rad. The principal value of the phase is −10.5 + 2π ≈ 2.01 rad.
(b) Here again, you can use the GUI to find the frequencies where |H (e j ω̂ )| = 1.
These are approximately {0.71π, 0.788π, 0.854π, 0.914π, 0.972π}
(c) Use the GUI to find the frequencies where |H (e j ω̂ )| = 0.
These are approximately {0.03π, 0.091π, 0.151π, 0.212π, 0.272π, 0.334π, 0.398π, 0.486π}.
)
eb
er or in ing
The following figure shows the places where the frequency response is one and zero more accurately than is possible
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
with the GUI. This plot can be constructed by saving the impulse response to the work space and then using freqz
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
Magnitude of Frequency Response of Lowpass Filter M = 32
1.5
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
1
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
0.5
an his
T
th d
0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1
Detail of Stopband: d1 = 0.0021663 ! s = 0.4932:
#10 -3
6
0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
Detail of Passband: d2 = 0.0029736 ! p = 0.7034:
1.002
1
0.998
0.996
0.994
0.6 0.65 0.7 0.75 0.8 0.85 0.9 0.95 1
!/:
(a) The DTFT of x 0 [n] is X0 (e j ω̂ ) = 1 for all ω̂. Therefore, X0 [k] = X0 (e j (2πk /10) ) = 1 for k = 0, 1, . . . , 9. In Matlab
>> X0=fft([1,zeros(1,9)])
X0 = 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
9
1 − e− j ω̂10
(b) The DTFT of x 1 [n] is X1 (e j ω̂ ) = e− j ω̂n =
X
. Therefore,
1 − e− j ω̂
)
eb
n=0
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
1 − e− j2πk 10 k=0
.
r
or ud a uc y
1−e (2π/10)k 0 k = 1, 2, . . . , 9
w cl le tr p
− j
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
1 − e− j2πk
Note that the closed form X1 [k] = is indeterminant when we try to evaluate for k = 0. L’ Hospital’s
is
te f t ss th nite
1 − e− j (2π/10)k
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
rule doesn’t work here because k is an integer variable. Therefore we need to go back to the sum form where we
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
9
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
X
see that X1 [0] = X1 (e j (2π/10)0 ) = 1 = 10.
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
n=0
or eir is p rk
o
Matlab verification:
w
an his
T
d
>> X1 = fft(ones(1,10))
th
X1 = 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
>> X2 = fft([zeros(1,4),1,zeros(1,5)])
X2 = 1.0000 + 0.0000i -0.8090 - 0.5878i 0.3090 + 0.9511i
0.3090 - 0.9511i -0.8090 + 0.5878i 1.0000 + 0.0000i
-0.8090 - 0.5878i 0.3090 + 0.9511i 0.3090 - 0.9511i
-0.8090 + 0.5878i
9 9
1 − e− j (ω̂−2π/5)10
(d) The DTFT of x 3 [n] is X3 (e j ω̂ ) = e j2πn/5 e− j ω̂n = e− j (ω̂−2π/5)n =
X X
.
n=0 n=0
1 − e− j (ω̂−2π/5)
Therefore,
0 k = 0, 1
1 − e− j ((2π/10)k−2π/5)10 1 − e− j2π(k−2)
j (2π/10)k
X3 [k] = X3 (e )= = = 10 k=2
1 − e− j ((2π/10)k−2π/5) 1 − e− j (2π/10)(k−2) 0 k = 3, 4, . . . , 9
As in part (b), we have to be careful in evaluating this expression for k = 2.
Matlab verification:
>> X3 = fft(exp(j*2*pi*(0:9)/5))
X3 = -0.0000 + 0.0000i -0.0000 + 0.0000i 10.0000 - 0.0000i
0.0000 + 0.0000i -0.0000 + 0.0000i 0.0000 + 0.0000i
-0.0000 + 0.0000i 0.0000 + 0.0000i 0.0000 + 0.0000i
-0.0000 + 0.0000i
Matlab verification:
>> xa = ifft([1,zeros(1,9)])
xa = 0.1000 0.1000 0.1000 0.1000 0.1000 0.1000
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
0.1000 0.1000 0.1000 0.1000
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
(b) This one is the first entry in Table 8-1, so we can write the answer down by inspection: x b [n] = δ[n]. Alternatively,
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
you can plug into the inverse DFT definition and get
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
9
ity s w g us d S
1 X j (2π/10)k n 1 − e j (2π/10)10n
1 n=0
x b [n] = e = = = δ[n]
is
te f t ss th nite
10 k=0 1 − e j (2π/10)n 0 n = 1, 2, . . . , 9
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
Matlab verification:
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
>> xb = ifft(ones(1,10))
or eir is p rk
o
xb = 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
w
an his
T
d
(c) Since there are only two nonzero terms, we can write down the answer directly and manipulate it if possible.
th
(a) Express (−1) n as e jπn = e j (2π/12)6n and substitute into the DFT definition.
11 11
X X 1 − e− j2π(k−6)
Y0 [k] = 3 e j (2π/12)6n e− j (2π/12)k n = 3 e− j (2π/12)(k−6)n = 3
n=0 n=0
1 − e− j (2π/12)(k−6)
0 k = 0, 1, . . . , 5
= 36 k=6
)
0
k = 7, 8, . . . , 11
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
Note that the numerator of the closed form is zero for all integer k, but when k = 6 we have an indeterminant form
.
r
or ud a uc y
that evaluates to 3 × 12 = 36.
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
Matlab verification:
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
>> Y0 = 3*fft((-1).^(0:11))
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
Y0 = 0 0 0 0 0 0 36 0 0 0 0 0
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
(b) This can be looked up in Table 8-1. It is the third entry with L = 4 and N = 12 so
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
sin(πk/3) − jπk /4
o
w
Y1 [k] = e
an his
sin(πk/12)
T
th d
Matlab verification:
>> Y1 = fft([ones(1,4),zeros(1,8)])
Y1 = 4.0000 + 0.0000i 2.3660 - 2.3660i 0.0000 - 1.7321i
0.0000 + 0.0000i 1.0000 + 0.0000i 0.6340 - 0.6340i
0.0000 + 0.0000i 0.6340 + 0.6340i 1.0000 + 0.0000i
0.0000 + 0.0000i 0.0000 + 1.7321i 2.3660 + 2.3660i
(c) In this problem, the even samples are 1 and the odd indexed samples are zero. This solution is facilitated if we
11
1
X
j (2π/12)6n
write y2 [n] as y2 [n] = 2 1 + e δ[n − m]. Therefore, it follows from the linearity and frequency-shift
m=0
properties in Table 8-2 and the third entry in Table 8-1 with L = N = 12 that
6
k = 0, 6
Y2 =
0
k = 1, 2, . . . , 5, 7, 8, . . . , 11
We can get another closed form expression by summing the DFT expression only over the even indices using a
index m = 2n, n = 0, 1, . . . , 5. This gives us
5
X 1 − e− j (2π/12)6k 1 − e− jπk
Y2 [k] = e− j (2π/12)2k m = =
m=0
1 − e− j (2π/12)2k 1 − e− j (2π/6)k
11
X
In this case, the expression is indeterminant for k = 0, 6. The value at these DFT indices is Y2 [0] = y2 [n] = 6,
n=0
and because the odd-indexed samples are zero,
11
X 11
X
Y2 [6] = y2 [n]e− j (2π/12)6n = y2 [n]e− jπn = 6
n=0 n=0
Matlab verification:
)
eb
>> Y2 = fft([1,0,1,0,1,0,1,0,1,0,1,0])
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
Y2 = 6 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
shift is periodic with period 6.
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
Therefore, V [k] = {0, −4 j, 0, 4, 0, 4 j}
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
255
X 255
X
(a) X[0] = x[n]e− j2π (0)n/256 = x[n] is real since all x[n] are real-valued.
n=0 n=0
255
X 255
X
X[128] = x[n]e− j2π(128)n/256 = x[n](−1) n is real since all x[n] are real-valued.
n=0 n=0
− j (2π/4)k − j (2π/4)2k
(b) X[k] = 3 − e + 3e − e− j (2π/4)3k = {4, 0, 8, 0}
)
3
eb
1 X
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
V [k]e j (2π/4)(2)k = 41 (3 + (5 j)(−1) + 0 + (−5 j)(−1)) = 3
itt W tio
(c) v[2] =
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
N k=0 4
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
9 9
th k ( de f i es
X X
(d) Y [0] = y[n] = 0 Y [5] = 7(−1) n e− j (2π/10)5n = 70
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
n=0 n=0
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
2
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
1
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
0
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
4
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
3
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
2
T
d
1
th
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Time Index (n)
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
−1
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
−2
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
0 1 2 3 4 5
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
Using the method of synthetic polynomial multiplication to evaluate the convolution, we get
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
1 1 1 1
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
2 1 0 0 -2 -1
o
w
an his
T
(b) Applying the definition of the DFT and writing out the individual terms gives
th d
(c) Forming the product Y [k] = H[k]X[k] is the same as doing the polynomial multiplication as in part (a) so we get
Y [k] = 2 + e− j (2π/N )k − 2e− j (2π/N )k (4) − e− j (2π/N )k (5) .
(d) For N = 6, the DFT is Y [k] = 2 + e− j (2π/6)k − 2e− j (2π/6)k (4) − e− j (2π/6)k (5) . All we need to do is pick off the
coeficients of Y [k] to obtain y[n] = {2, 1, 0, 0, −2, −1}
(e) We need to adjust the exponents of W [k] so that any power of e− j (2π/4)k (n+4) is replaced by e− j (2π/4)k n .
Thus, Y [k] = 2 + e− j (2π/4)k − 2e− j (2π/4)k (4) − e− j (2π/4)k (5) is equivalent to
Y [k] = 2 + e− j (2π/4)k − 2e− j (2π/4)k (0) − e− j (2π/4)k = 0.
(f) Since the length of the convolution is L + M − 1, we need to be able to represent the sequence of this length by the
DFT. Therefore, N ≥ L + M − 1 is required.
If this is evaluated for k = 13 we get X[13] = X (e j (2π/100)13 ) = 12.46 e j0.32π = 12.46 e j1.005
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a) From Q(e j ω̂ ) it is clear that the peaks will occur around DFT indices corresponding to the frequencies ω̂0 and
2π − ω̂0 ; i.e. when (2π/32)k1 = ω̂0 and (2π/32)(32 − k1 ) = 2π − ω̂0 . Therefore, ω̂0 = (2π/32)10 = 0.625π.
(b) The second peak occurs when (2π/32)(32 − k1 ) = (2π/32)k2 or when k2 = 22. The third nonzero value occurs at
k 3 = 0, corresponding to the DC component of 0.1 in s[n]. The DFT of that DC component is 0.1N δ[k], which is
zero for all k except k = 0. The Dirichlet components are also zero except at k1 = 10 for the first one and k 2 = 22
for the second one.
(c) The peak magnitude at k = 10 is 12 ( A)(32) = 50 so A = 100/32 = 3.125.
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
Matlab verification:
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
>> x=0.1+(100/32)*cos(2*pi*10*(0:31)/32);
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
>> X=fft(x);
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
>> abs(X)
is
te f t ss th nite
ans = 3.2000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 50.0000 0.0000
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
0.0000 0.0000
an his
T
th d
(a) N = 32 + 48 = 80.
(b) k peaks = 8, and −8 → (80 − 8 = 72) because (2π/80)k peaks = ±0.2π
The peaks will occur around DFT indices corresponding to ω̂ = ±0.2π, or when (2π/80)k = 0.2π or k = 8 and
when (2π/80)(80 − 8) = 2π − 0.2π or k = 72.
(c) max{|R[k]|} = 118.4553. Evaluate in Matlab via
k
r=1+7*cos(0.2*pi*(0:31)); R=fft(r,80); [mx,ix]=max(abs(R))
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
y[n] = (1/5) 1 + 2e j0.08πn + 2e− j0.08πn = 0.2 + 0.4 cos(0.08πn)
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a) In order to show the spectrum only for positive frequencies, we need to convert the frequencies by adding 2πn to
the exponent of each of the components having negative frequency. Therefore,
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
7j −7 j 7j
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
3 3
ity s w g us d S
2 2 2
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
π
-
−.2π 0 .2π .7π 1.3π 1.8π 2π ω̂
st f a s d s ec
−π −.7π
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
The dashed lines show negative frequencies that differ by 2π from frequencies in the range 0 ≤ ω̂ < 2π.
o
w
an his
T
d
(b) If we carry out the multiplication and adjust any resulting negative frequencies as we did in part (a), we get
th
This is an example of the frequency shift property since by adding 0.4π to each frequency we shift the spectrum to
the right by that amount. The resulting spectrum is
−7 j 7j −7 j 7j
3
2 2
π 1.1π
-
−.9π −.3π 0 .2π .4π .6π 1.7π 2π ω̂
(c) Now we can write x 2 [n] = (−1) n x[n] = e jπn x[n] and we see that by the same process as in part (b), each of
the original frequencies will be increased by π radians. If we choose the alias frequencies that are in the range
0 ≤ ω̂ < 2π, we can write
Therefore the spectrum plot is that of part (a) shifted to the right by π radians.
−7 j 7j −7 j
3 3
2 2 2
π 1.2π
-
−π −.8π −.3π 0 .3π .8π 1.7π 2π ω̂
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
Since 7 and 3 have no common factors, the period is N = 20 and the fundamental frequency is ω̂0 = 2π/20.
)
eb
(b) x[n] = 2e− j0.5π e j (2π/20)3n + 2e j0.5π e− j (2π/20)3n + 3e j (2π/20)7n + 3e− j (2π/20)7n
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
(c) From the answer to part (b), the DFS coefficients are c3 = 2e− j0.5π , c−3 = 2e j0.5π , c7 = 3, c−7 = 3.
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
(d) Here is the spectrum plot of the DFS:
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
3 3 ity s w g us d S 3 3
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
2j −2 j 2j −2 j
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
π
-
−π −.7π −.3π 0 .3π 1.3π 1.7π 2π 2.3π 2.7π 3π ω̂
T
th d
sin(4ω̂) − j ω̂7/2
(a) The frequency response of this filter is H (e j ω̂ ) = e . The zeros of this function are at frequencies
sin(ω̂/2)
where 4ω̂ = πr where r is an integer; i.e., where ω̂ = 0.25π, 0.5π, 0.75π, π. The equivalent values of DFT index
k are when (2π/N )k = 0.25πr or k = Nr/8. For N = 512, these values are multiples of 64.
Problem 8.14
8
)
eb
6
er or in ing
Magnitude
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
4
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
2
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
0
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
0 32 64 96 128 160 192 224 256
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
pi/2
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
Phase (rad)
0
th
−pi/2
−pi
0 32 64 96 128 160 192 224 256
DFT Frequency Index (k)
(b) Note that the given frequencies are all multiples of 0.25π so all the frequencies except DC fall at the zeros of
H (e j ω̂ ). Therefore, these frequencies do not appear in the output. The gain of the filter at ω̂ = 0 is H (e j0 ) = 8, so
the output is y[n] = 3(8) = 24 for all n. You can pick all these values off the plot, or evaluate H (e j ω̂ ) at individual
frequencies with freqz.
(a) We have two constraints. To avoid aliasing we need 2(1000) < f s . To meet the frequency spacing condition, we
need f s /N ≤ 5, where N = 2ν .
The combined constraints are given by 2000 < f s ≤ 5 · 2ν , or equivalently 400 < f s /5 ≤ ·2ν .
Thus we require N = 512 = 29 . If we fix N at 512, the condition on f s is 2000 < f s ≤ 2560 Hz.
(b) As discussed in Section 8-7.4.1, the width of the main lobe of the Hann and Hamming windows is approximately
∆ω̂ = 8π/L where L is the window length. Therefore, for L = N/2 = 256, we should expect a main lobe width
of about 8π/256 = π/32 rad. This is equivalent to analog radian frequency of ∆ω = (π/32) f s or using analog
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
frequency in hertz, ∆ f = f s /64.
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
Using the constraints on f s obtained in part (a), we get 2000/64 < ∆ f ≤ 2560/64, or 31.25 < ∆ f ≤ 40.
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a) Here’s a Matlab plot of the ideal spectrogram. A sketch should look like this.
Problem 8-16a: Ideal Spectrogram
2000
1800
1600
1400
frequency
1200
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
1000
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
800
.
r
or ud a uc y
600
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
400
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
200
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
0
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
time axis
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
(b) The width of the main lobe of the DTFT of the Hann window is approximately ∆ω̂ = 8π/L, where L is the
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
window length. Therefore the normalized main lobe width for the L = 200 window is ∆ω̂ = 0.04π. In terms of
w
an his
analog cyclic frequency, this would be equivalent to ∆ f = ∆ω̂ f s /(2π) = 0.04π8000/(2π) = 160 Hz. Thus, the
T
d
spectrogram sketch should show bars about 160 Hz wide and there should be blurred regions of approximately 200
th
samples (or equivalently, 200/8000 = 0.025 s) duration at the beginning and end of each sinusoidal component.
The following is a Matlab spectrogram of the signal.
Problem 8-16b: Spectrogram with 200-point Window
2000
1800
1600
1400
frequency
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2
time axis
Note that there are 8 equal duration notes in (approximately) 2 seconds of time. Therefore, each note has duration
2/8 s or 250 ms.
600
550
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
500
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
450
e in nt ns co
D
Frequency (Hz)
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
400
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
350
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
300
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
250
T
th d
200
Figure P-8.17
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a) The Hamming window has a main lobe width of approximately ∆ω̂ = 8π/L, where L is the window length. For the
given parameters, this would give a main lobe width equivalent to ∆ f = 4 f s /L = 4(8000)/256 = 125 Hz. Thus,
two sinusoids whose frequencies are farther apart than 125 Hz will show up as two distinct peaks, but if the two
frequencies are closer that 125 Hz they will tend to blend together in the spectrum.
(b) The window length is equivalent to 256/8000 =32 ms so if there are abrupt changes in the waveform, the spectral
characteristics will look blurred over approximately 32 ms around the abrupt change.
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a) The Hamming window has a main lobe width of approximately ∆ω̂ = 8π/L, where L is the window length. In
terms of analog cyclic frequency this corresponds to ∆ f = 4 f s /L, where L is the window length. For the given
parameters, we want 40000/L = 250 or L = 160.
(b) Here is the plot of the DTFT magnitude:
)
eb
45
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
40
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
35
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
30
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
25
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
20
is
te f t ss th nite
15
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
10
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
5
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
0
ill le u vi pr
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000
w sa co ro is
analog frequency in Hz
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
(a) The notes are in the octave above A-440, so the frequencies are given by the equation f = 440(2n/12 ) with
n = 0, 1, . . . , 12 covering one octave from A-440 to A-880. Here are the notes and their theoretical frequencies.
(Subscript denotes octave number.)
note A4 B4 [ B4 C5 C5 ] D5 D5 ] E5 F5 F5 ] G5 G5 ] A5
f 440 466 494 523 554 587 622 659 698 740 784 831 880
Now the first 9 notes of Für Elise are { E5 , D5 ], E5 , D5 ], E5 , B4 , D5 , C5 , A4 }. Therefore, the theoretical frequencies
for the first nine notes are { 659, 622, 659, 622, 659, 494, 587, 523, 440 }.
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
Spectrogram of Fur Elise (9 notes), L D 1000; fs D 8 kHz
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
800
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
750
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
700
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
650 E
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
600
ro n an o te
D
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
Frequency (Hz)
ill le u vi pr
550
w sa co ro is
C
or eir is p rk
o
500
w
B
an his
T
d
450
A
th
400
350
E
300
250
200
6 6.25 6.5 6.75 7 7.25 7.5 7.75 8 8.25 8.5 8.75 9
Time (s)
(b) The spectrogram in the figure above is marked with the true frequencies. Observe that the passage of interest starts
at t = 6.4 s (approximately). It is difficult to obtain very accurate estimates of the frequencies by measuring on the
spectrogram because the spectral peaks have a width of about 10 Hz. However, careful examination of the figure
above confirms that the theoretical note frequencies are close to the center of the spectral peaks.
(c) Observe that the passage of interest starts at t = 6.4 s (approximately). From the score in Fig. 3-22, the first eight
notes are 16th notes while note nine is an eighth note, which should have twice the duration.
The first five notes are easy to distinguish, but overlap in time due to the sliding window of the spectrogram. Their
total duration is 7.7 − 6.4 = 1.3 s, so each 16th note has a duration of approximately 0.26 s. The sixth note (B4 )
appears shorter (≈ 0.15 s), but might be softer so its second half is hard to see; likewise, for note eight (C5 ). The
seventh note (D5 ) is barely visible, but there is evidence of a spectral peak in the 0.2 s gap between B4 and C5 . The
ninth note (A4 ) is easy to distinguish, and its duration seems a bit longer (≈ 0.3 s), but not twice as long.
(a) From the spectrogram it appears that ω̂0 = 0.7π and ω̂1 = 0.75π. To estimate the chirp parameter α, recall that the
instantaneous frequency is ω̂i [n] = 2αn. From the spectrogram we see that ω̂i [n] starts at 0 and increases linearly
to ω̂i [2000] = 0.5π = 2α(2000). Therefore, α = π/8000.
(b) The Hann window has a main lobe width of approximately ∆ω̂ = 8π/L, where L is the window length. Thus, if we
multiply the window length by 4, we divide the main lobe width by 4. Thus, the spectrogram with L = 400 will
like Fig. P-8.22 except that the bars will be much narrower—they will have 1/4 the width.
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
where H (z) = 1 − z −1 is the z-transform of h[n] = δ[n] − δ[n − 1], the impulse response of the system.
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
0.5
w
Imaginary Part
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
2
0
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
-0.5
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
-1
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
-1 -0.5 0 0.5 1
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
Real Part
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
0.3
or eir is p rk
o
w
0.2π
an his
T
d
0.1
th
0
−π −0.8π −0.6π −0.4π −0.2π 0 0.2π 0.4π 0.6π 0.8π π
5
H(ej ω̂ )
0
6
-5
−π −0.8π −0.6π −0.4π −0.2π 0 0.2π 0.4π 0.6π 0.8π π
(d) ω̂
(e) For this we need the frequency response evaluated at ω̂ = 0, π/4, 2π/3.
)
eb
(b) There are five poles at z = 0 and the five zeros are at z = −1, ± j0.9, and e± j2π/3 .
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
1
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
0.5
Imaginary Part
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
5
0
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
-0.5
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
d
-1
th
-1 -0.5 0 0.5 1
Real Part
(a)
(b)
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
Y2 (z) = X (z)H2 (z)
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
= (1 − z −1 ) 31 (1 + z −1 + z −2 )
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
= 13 (1 − z −3 )
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
= 31 (1 − z −3 ) 14 (1 + z −1 + z −2 + z −3 )
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
1
= 12 (1 + z −1 + z −2 − z −4 − z −5 − 3z −3 )
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
d
1
(c) y[n] = 12 (x[n] + 2x[n − 1] + 3x[n − 2] + 3x[n − 3] + 2x[n − 4] + x[n − 5])
th
Clearly, the samples are not weighted equally although the sum of the weights (coefficients) is equal to one.
(d) There are five poles at z = 0, and the five zeros are at z = −1, ± j, and e± j2π/3
0.5
Imaginary Part
5
0
-0.5
-1
-1 -0.5 0 0.5 1
Real Part
>> z=roots([1,-.5,.5,-1])
z =
1.0000
-0.2500 + 0.9682i
-0.2500 - 0.9682i
>> magz=abs(z)
magz =
)
eb
er or in ing
1.0000
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
1.0000
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
>> angz=angle(z)/pi
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
angz =
ity s w g us d S
0
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
0.5804
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
-0.5804
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
Thus, the zeros are at z = 1, e± j0.5804π and there is one pole at z = 0 for each of the zeros.
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
1
T
th d
0.5
Imaginary Part
3
0
-0.5
-1
-1 -0.5 0 0.5 1
Real Part
4 4
X X 1 − (−z −1 ) 5 1 + z −5 z5 + 1
(b) H (z) = (−1) k z −k = (−1z −1 ) k = = = 4
1 − (−z )
−1 1+z −1 z (z + 1)
)
k=0 k=0
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
(c) Plot the poles and zeros of H (z) in the complex z-plane.
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
1
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
0.5
is
te f t ss th nite
Imaginary Part
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
4
ro n an o te
0
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
-0.5
o
w
an his
T
th d
-1
-1 -0.5 0 0.5 1
Real Part
1 + e− j ω̂5 cos(ω̂2.5)
(d) H (e j ω̂ ) = = e− j ω̂2
1 + e− j ω̂ cos(ω̂/2)
(e) Sketch of the frequency response (magnitude and phase) , or Matlab plot.
6
|H(ej ω̂ )|
0
−π −0.6π −0.2π 0 0.2π 0.6π π
5
H(ej ω̂ )
0
6
-5
−π −0.6π −0.2π 0 0.2π 0.6π π
ω̂
Figure P-9.8
(f) We need the frequency response evaluated at ω̂ = 0, 0.5π, 0.6π. These values are H (e j ω̂ ) = 1, 1, 0.
Therefore, y[n] = 5 + 4 cos(0.5πn).
(a) H (z) = (1 − z −1 ) 5
(b) Plot of the poles and zeros of H (z) in the z-plane.
0.5
Imaginary Part
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
5 5
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
0
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
-0.5
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
-1
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
-1 -0.5 0 0.5 1
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
Real Part
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
(c)
w
an his
T
d
5
H (e j ω̂ ) = (1 − e− j ω̂ ) 5 = e− j ω̂5/2 = 2e jπ/2 e− j ω̂/2 sin(ω̂/2)
th
(d)
(a) We can find N1 as the lowest power of z −1 of the product X (z)H (z). That will be N1 = 0 + 6 = 6. Similarly, N2 is
the highest power of z −1 if the product X (z)H (z). That is N2 = 9 + 9 = 18.
(b) Again, we can use the polynomials of X (z) and H (z) to get the answer. y[6] is the product of the coefficients of the
two lowest order terms or y[6] = 2 × 1 = 2. Similarly, y[18] is the product of the coefficients of the highest order
terms, or y[18] = −1 × 3 = −3.
(c) y[n] = 2δ[n − 6] − 4δ[n − 7] + 8δ[n − 8] + δ[n − 9] − 6δ[n − 10] + 12δ[n − 11] − 11δ[n − 12]
+16δ[n − 13] − 32δ[n − 14] + 11δ[n − 15] − 6δ[n − 16] + 12δ[n − 17] − 3δ[n − 18]
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
so H (e jπ/6 ) = 2.7321e− jπ/6 and, therefore, the formula for the steady-state output is
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
y[n] = 2.7321 cos((π/6)(n − 1) − π/4)
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
(c) omega = 2*pi/3 gives zero for the steady-state output after n ≥ 2. (Until the last two samples.)
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
We should find the output as the sum of the response to DC plus the response to an impulse of size -70 plus the re-
sponse to the sinusoid of frequency 0.5π. We need the impulse response and the frequency response function to do
this.
From H (z) in expanded form, h[n] = δ[n] − 5δ[n − 2] + 4δ[n − 4] and
so H (e j0 ) = 0 and H (e j0.5π ) = 1 − 5e− j2π/2 + 4e− j4π/2 = 1 − 5e−π + 4e− j4π/2 = 10. Therefore,
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
y[n] = −70δ[n] + 350δ[n − 2] − 280δ[n − 4] + 300 cos(0.5πn + π/4)
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
After sampling, we get the sequence x[n] = 4 + cos(1000πn/2000 − π/4) − 3 cos(500πn/2000). Thus, we need to
evaluate the frequency response at ω̂ = 0, π/2, π/4 to find the outputs due to each component of the input. These values
are H (e j0 ) = 0, H (e jπ/2 ) = 0, and H (e jπ/4 ) = 1.0824e jπ/8 . Therefore,
y[n] = −3(1.0824 cos(πn/4 + π/8) = 3.2472 cos(πn/4 − π + π/8) = 3.2472 cos(πn/4 − 2.7489)
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
(a) α = 4, β = 10
From H (z) we get H (e j ω̂ ) = 5(1 + .8e− j ω̂ + e− j ω̂2 . By factoring e− j ω̂ out and using the inverse Euler relation we
get
H (e j ω̂ ) = e− j ω̂ (4 + 10 cos(ω̂))
(b) In the plot the DC value is +14, H (e jπ ) = −6, and H (e j ω̂ ) = 0 at ω̂ = 0.631π = 1.9823.
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
15
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
10
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
5
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
0
in o e r
y y p d le d
−π π
ro n an o te
2
ill le u vi pr
H(ej ω̂ )
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
0
T
d
6
th
-2
−π −0.8π −0.6π −0.4π −0.2π 0 0.2π 0.4π 0.6π 0.8π π
ω̂
Figure P-9.15
(c) We want the system function to have the form H (z) = (1−e j ω̂0 z −1 )(1−e− j ω̂0 z −1 ) = 1−2 cos ω̂0 z −1 +z −2 . Therefore,
we must set b1 = −2 cos ω̂0 . The normalized frequency that we want to null is ω̂0 = 2π f 0 / f s = 2π(1600/8000) =
0.4π. Thus, we need to set b1 to b1 = −0.618.
H (z)(1 − z −1 )(1 + z −1 )(1 − 0.8e jπ/4 z −1 )(1 − 0.8e− jπ/4 z −1 )(1 + e jπ/2 z −1 )(1 + e− jπ/2 z −1 )
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
0.5
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
6
th k ( de f i es
0
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
-0.5
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
-1
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
-1 -0.5 0 0.5 1
an his
T
Real Part
th d
Figure P-9.16
(b) To satisfy the condition, we must group the zeros at ±1 and e± jπ/2 together to form H1 (z) as in
H1 (z) = (1 − z −2 )(1 + z −2 ) = (1 − z −4 )
.
(c) y[n] is the output of H2 (z) when the input is y1 [n] so from H2 (z) we get
H (z) = A(1 − 0.8e jπ/3 z −1 )(1 − 0.8e− jπ/3 z −1 )(1 − 1.25e jπ/3 z −1 )(1 − 1.25e− jπ/3 z −1 )
= (1 − 0.8z −1 + 0.64z −2 )(1 − 1.25z −1 + 1.5625z −2 )
Clearly, when expanded out, the H (z) polynomial will be of the form
H (z) = A + . . . + A(0.8) 2 (1.25) 2 z −4 , so if h[0] = 7 then A = 7.
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
(b) H (z) = 1.81406 − 3.71882z −1 + 5.80952z −2 − 3.71882z −3 + 1.81406z −4
.
r
or ud a uc y
If we expand H (z) into a polynomial with unknown gain we get
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
H (z) = A(1 − 2.05z −1 + 3.2025z −2 − 2.05z −3 + z −4 )
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
so A = 1.8141 and
o
w
an his
T
d
(a) H (1) = b0 + b1 − b1 − b0 = 0
(b)
(c)
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
H (z −1 ) = b0 + b1 z − b1 z 3 − b0 z 4 = z 4 (b0 z −4 + b1 z −3 − b1 z −1 − b0 )
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
= −z 4 H (z)
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
(d) In the general case with bk = −b M−k , the condition H (1/z) = −z M H (z) holds for M even or odd.
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
The frequency response has the form
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
M /2
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
H (e j ω̂ ) = 2e j (π/2−ω̂ M /2)
X
b M /2−k sin(ω̂k) M an even integer
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
k=1
o
w
and
an his
T
d
(M+1)/2
th
H (e j ω̂ ) = 2e j (π/2−ω̂ M /2)
X
b(M+1)/2−k sin(ω̂(2k − 1)/2) M an odd integer
k=1
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
1 − z −4
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
1 − z −1
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
(f) From part (e) we see that (1 + z −1 + z −2 + z −3 ) 2 so all the zeros at {−1, ± j} are double zeros, and there are six poles
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
at z = 0.
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
2
de le o rse ide rot
1
u v p
sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
nd s w
0.5
a hi
ImaginarythPart
T
2 6
ill
0
w
-0.5
2
-1
-1 -0.5 0 0.5 1
Real Part
Figure P-9.19
!2
sin(2ω̂)
H (e j ω̂ ) = H1 (e j ω̂ )H2 (e j ω̂ ) = e− j3ω̂
sin(ω̂/2)
Since the squared-term is nonnegative, it is the magnitude, and the system has linear phase with time delay equal
to 3 samples.
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
20
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
|H(ej ω̂ )|
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
10
T
th d
0
−π −0.8π −0.6π −0.4π −0.2π 0 0.2π 0.4π 0.6π 0.8π π
5
H(ej ω̂ )
0
6
-5
−π −0.8π −0.6π −0.4π −0.2π 0 0.2π 0.4π 0.6π 0.8π π
ω̂
Figure P-9.19
)
eb
√ √
er or in ing
ed id n
p1 − p2 p2 − p2 2 5 2 5
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
H (z) = + = +
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
1 − p1 z −1 1 − p2 z −1 1 − p1 z −1 1 − p2 z −1
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
Therefore, the impulse response is
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
√ √ n √ √ n
5 + 1+ *1 + 5+ 5 − 1+ *1 − 5+
is
te f t ss th nite
h[n] = √ u[n] + √ u[n]
e rt ss fo U
* *
, 2 5 -, 2 - , 2 5 -, 2 -
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
Try a few terms of this closed form expression to see if it generates the Fibonacci sequence, 1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, ...
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
√
w sa co ro is
(b) The poles determined in part (a) are p1,2 = (1 ± 5)/2 = 1.618, −0.618. Since one of the poles is outside the unit
or eir is p rk
o
w
z −1 1
!
H (z) = = z −1 = G(z)z −1
1 − 0.9z −1 + 0.9z −2 1 − 0.9z −1 + 0.9z −2
The z −1 factored out suggests that the impulse response will be zero prior to n = 1. Then we can find the partial fraction
expansion of the rational function part and write G(z) as
)
eb
G(z) = +
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
1 − 0.9487e 1 − 0.9487e− j1.0766 z −1
t p W em ch
j1.0766 z −1
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
and
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
n n
g[n] = 0.568e− j0.4942 0.9487e j1.0766 u[n] + 0.568e j0.4942 0.9487e− j1.0766 u[n]
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
= 1.136(0.9487) n cos(1.0766n − 0.4942)u[n]
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
which, by virtue of u[n − 1], is the desired formula showing h[n] being zero for n < 1 and being a decaying sinusoid for
an his
T
d
n ≥ 1.
th
It should be noted that we could have made a partial fraction expansion of H (z) directly. The resulting inverse
transform would be a formula that is valid from n = 0 since the complex exponentials would be multiplied by u[n].
However, when the formula is evaluated at n = 0, the result would be zero.
5z −7
H (z) =
1 − 0.5z −1
Us the z-transform table and then the delay property,
)
eb
Note that h[n] = 0 for n < 7. It decays exponentially as (0.5) n for n ≥ 7.
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
6
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
4
ity s w g us d S
h[n]
is
te f t ss th nite
2
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
0
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
time index n
or eir is p rk
o
w
Figure P-10.3
an his
T
th d
The impulse response is h[n] = 5(0.5) n u[n], so the output for the given input is
20
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
10
y[n]
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
0
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
-10
is
te f t ss th nite
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
e rt ss fo U
time index n
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
Figure P-10.4
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
The easiest way to work this is to write the output in terms of shifted impulse responses as
To make y[n] = 0 for n ≥ 4, we need 1 + βa−2 + a−4 = 0. Solving this equation for β gives β = −(1 + a4 )/a2 , or for the
)
eb
er or in ing
given value of a, β = −2.5. If you use this value of β, the output looks like the following
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
5
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
0
ity s w g us d S
y[n]
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
-5
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
-10
de o rse de ot
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
time index n
or eir is p rk
o
w
Figure P-10.5
an his
T
th d
−1 + 3z −1 − 2z −2
(a) The system function is H (z) =
1 − 13 z −1 − 21 z −2
The zeros are at z = 1, 2, and the poles at z = 0.8931, −0.5598
2
1
Imaginary Part
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
0
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
-1
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
-2
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
-2 -1 0 1 2
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
Real Part
or eir is p rk
o
w
−1 + 3z −1 + 2z −2
an his
1 − 13 z −1 + 21 z −2
th
The zeros are now at z = 3.5616, −0.5616, and the poles at z = 0.7071e± j1.3329 .
4
2
Imaginary Part
-2
-4
-4 -2 0 2 4
Real Part
−1 −z 2
H (z) = =
1 − 13 z −1 + 12 z −2 z 2 − 13 z + 1
2
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
−z −2
.
r
or ud a uc y
1 −1 1 −2
− 13 z + 1
w cl le tr p
1− 3z + 2z z2
e in nt ns co
D
2
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
=⇒Poles: z = 0.7071e± j1.3329 Zeros: z = ∞, ∞
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
−z −4
ill le u vi pr
−1
H (z) = =
w sa co ro is
1 −1
+ 12 z −2 z 2 (z 2 − 31 z + 12 )
or eir is p rk
1− 3z
o
w
an his
T
d
In (c) there are four zeros at infinity balanced by two additional poles at the origin.
(a) Two zeros at origin (b) Two zeros at z = ∞ (c) Four zeros at z = ∞
1 1 1
Imaginary Part
Imaginary Part
Imaginary Part
-1 -1 -1
-1 0 1 -1 0 1 -1 0 1
Real Part Real Part Real Part
(a) By inspection,
1 z
H (z) = 1 −1
= 1
1− 2z z− 2
1
H (z) has a pole at z = 2 and a zero at z = 0. The corresponding impulse response is h[n] = (0.5) n u[n].
(b) Write the input as x[n] = δ[n] + δ[n − 2] + δ[n − 5]. Therefore, it follows that for this input the output is y[n] =
)
h[n] + h[n − 2] + h[n − 5]. If we substitute for h[n] we get
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
y[n] = (0.5) n u[n] + (0.5) n−2 u[n − 2] + (0.5) n−5 u[n − 5]
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
Taking the step sequence into account we get
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
is
0 n<0
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
n = 0, 1
gr hi in e
(0.5) n
th a a ly by
k
y[n] =
in o e r
y y p d le d
5(0.5) n n = 2, 3, 4
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
37(0.5) n n≥5
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
w
an his
T
th d
)
eb
er or in ing
conjugate
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
!z }| {!
−15 + 20e− j ω̂ −15 + 20e j ω̂
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
1 − 0.75e− j ω̂ 1 − 0.75e j ω̂
e in nt ns co
D
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
625 − 600 cos(ω̂)
ity s w g us d S
=
is
te f t ss th nite
1.5625 − 1.5 cos(ω̂)
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
400(1.5625 − 1.5 cos(ω̂))
in o e r
y y p d le d
= = 400
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
(a) By inspection,
1 1
H (z) = = √ √
1 + 0.8z −2
(1 − 0.8e jπ/2 z −1 )(1 − 0.8e− jπ/2 z −1 )
z2
= √ √
(z − 0.8e jπ/2 )(z − 0.8e− jπ/2 )
√
)
Zeros at z = 0, 0 and poles at z = 0.8e± jπ/2 .
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
(b) To find the output for the given input, determine the impulse response.
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
1 0.5 0.5
e in nt ns co
D
H (z) = = +
th k ( de f i es
√ √
of or stu e o tat
1 + 0.8z −2 1 − 0.8e jπ/2 z −1 1 − 0.8e− jπ/2 z −1
ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
so
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
√ √ √
in o e r
y y p d le d
h[n] = 12 ( 0.8e jπ/2 ) n u[n] + 12 ( 0.8e− jπ/2 ) n u[n] = 0.8 cos( π2 n)u[n]
ro n an o te
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
Note: h[n] = 0 for n even, which could have been predicted from the fact that the initial H (z) has only z −2 in the
or eir is p rk
o
Therefore,
th
(a) By inspection,
1 z5
H (z) = =
1 − 0.97z −5 z 5 − 0.97
(b) There are 5 zeros at z = 0, and the poles are at the 5th roots of 0.97, z k = (0.97) 0.2 e j2πk /5 = (0.9939)e j2πk /5 .
)
eb
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
1
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
an ing rnin tors igh
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
0.5
e in nt ns co
D
Imaginary Part
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
ity s w g us d S
5
is
te f t ss th nite
0
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
in o e r
y y p d le d
ro n an o te
-0.5
st f a s d s ec
de o rse de ot
ill le u vi pr
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o
-1
w
an his
T
d
-1 -0.5 0 0.5 1
th
Real Part
Figure P-10.11
)
2.2987
eb
−1.2987
er or in ing
ed id n
W
no the iss tea s
itt W tio
w
t p W em ch
e
d on g. in t la
m ld a
(b) By using the delay and linearity properties,
.
r
or ud a uc y
w cl le tr p
e in nt ns co
D
hb [n] = (0.9) n u[n] + 0.8(0.9) n−1 u[n − 1]
th k ( de f i es
of or stu e o tat
or, by making the partial fraction expansion, ity s w g us d S
is
te f t ss th nite
e rt ss fo U
gr hi in e
th a a ly by
k
1.7/0.9
in o e r
y y p d le d
1 − 0.9z −1
de o rse de ot
| {z } | {z }
ill le u vi pr
−0.8889 1.8889
w sa co ro is
or eir is p rk
o